《大品注疏》显示巴利原文
Mahāvaggaṭṭhakathā
1. 《大本经》的注释显示巴利原文
1. Mahāpadānasuttavaṇṇanā
宿住相应论显示巴利原文
Pubbenivāsapaṭisaṃyuttakathā
1 “如是我闻……迦利利小屋等”,此是《大本经》。于此,有这些前所未释的词句注释——「迦利利小屋」:其中“迦利利”是瓦鲁那树之名,那座小屋的门前有一座迦利利凉亭,因此称为“迦利利小屋”,正如因为门前有拘睒弥树而称为“拘睒弥小屋”一样。据说在祇园之内,有迦利利小屋、拘睒弥小屋、香室和萨拉拉堂这四座大建筑,每一座都花费十万资财建成。其中,萨拉拉堂是波斯匿王所建,其余皆为给孤独居士所建。如是,世尊住在给孤独居士所建、如天宫般立柱而起的迦利利小屋中。「食后」:对于那些一食者及过午不食者而言,即使在晨间用完餐,只要时在正午之前,也可称为食后。但在此处,“食后”是指平常的一餐之后。「从乞食返回」:即从乞食之处返回,意为结束用餐、起身离座。显示巴利原文
1.Evaṃme sutaṃ…pe… karerikuṭikāyanti mahāpadānasuttaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ apubbapadavaṇṇanā – karerikuṭikāyanti karerīti varuṇarukkhassa nāmaṃ, karerimaṇḍapo tassā kuṭikāya dvāre ṭhito, tasmā ‘‘karerikuṭikā’’ti vuccati, yathā kosambarukkhassa dvāre ṭhitattā ‘‘kosambakuṭikā’’ti. Antojetavane kira karerikuṭi kosambakuṭi gandhakuṭi salaḷāgāranti cattāri mahāgehāni, ekekaṃ satasahassapariccāgena nipphannaṃ. Tesu salaḷāgāraṃ raññā pasenadinā kāritaṃ, sesāni anāthapiṇḍikena kāritāni. Iti bhagavā anāthapiṇḍikena gahapatinā thambhānaṃ upari kāritāya devavimānakappāya karerikuṭikāyaṃ viharati . Pacchābhattanti ekāsanikakhalupacchābhattikānaṃ pātova bhuttānaṃ antomajjhanhikepi pacchābhattameva. Idha pana pakatibhattassa pacchato ‘‘pacchābhatta’’nti adhippetaṃ. Piṇḍapātapaṭikkantānanti piṇḍapātato paṭikkantānaṃ, bhattakiccaṃ niṭṭhapetvā uṭṭhitānanti attho.
「迦利利坛场」:指在迦利利亭附近所建的一座坐具厅。据说,那座迦利利亭位于香室与厅堂之间,因此香室、迦利利小屋和厅堂都统称为“迦利利坛场”。「与宿住相应」:即将“一生、二生……”这样分类说明的、名为“过去所住蕴之相续”的宿住,与之连结而发起的。「法」:指与法相应。显示巴利原文
Karerimaṇḍalamāḷeti tasseva karerimaṇḍapassa avidūre katāya nisīdanasālāya. So kira karerimaṇḍapo gandhakuṭikāya ca sālāya ca antare hoti, tasmā gandhakuṭīpi karerikuṭikāpi sālāpi – ‘‘karerimaṇḍalamāḷo’’ti vuccati. Pubbenivāsapaṭisaṃyuttāti ‘‘ekampi jātiṃ, dvepi jātiyo’’ti evaṃ vibhattena pubbenivutthakkhandhasantānasaṅkhātena pubbenivāsena saddhiṃ yojetvā pavattitā. Dhammīti dhammasaṃyuttā.
「生起」:啊,真是稀有!这便是十力的宿住智!所谓宿住,哪些人能忆念,哪些人不能忆念呢?外道能忆念,声闻、独觉佛与诸佛也都能忆念。哪些外道能忆念呢?即那些持“已达最高处之业”这种见解的人,他们也仅能忆念四十劫,无法超过。声闻能忆念十万劫。两位上首弟子能忆念一不可数劫及十万劫。独觉佛能忆念二不可数劫及十万劫。然而,诸佛则没有“仅此而已”的限制,但凡他们愿意,要忆念多少便忆念多少。显示巴利原文
Udapādīti aho acchariyaṃ dasabalassa pubbenivāsañāṇaṃ , pubbenivāsaṃ nāma ke anussaranti, ke nānussarantīti. Titthiyā anussaranti, sāvakā ca paccekabuddhā ca buddhā ca anussaranti. Kataratitthiyā anussaranti? Ye aggappattakammavādino, tepi cattālīsaṃyeva kappe anussaranti, na tato paraṃ. Sāvakā kappasatasahassaṃ anussaranti. Dve aggasāvakā asaṅkhyeyyañceva kappasatasahassañca. Paccekabuddhā dve asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca. Buddhānaṃ pana ettakanti paricchedo natthi, yāvatakaṃ ākaṅkhanti, tāvatakaṃ anussaranti.
外道依诸蕴的次第而忆念,若离次第,便不能忆念。即使依着次第忆念,当到了无想有时,也看不见蕴的流转,犹如落入网中的鱼,又像堕入井里的乌龟。他们停在那里,便生起这样的见解:“只有这么多,此后便什么都没有了。”因此,外道的宿住随念,犹如盲人靠杖尖行走。正如盲人必须有人握着杖尖引导才能行走,无人引导时便就地坐下;同样地,外道也只能依着蕴的次第才能忆念,一旦放下次第,便无能为力。显示巴利原文
Titthiyā khandhapaṭipāṭiyā anussaranti, paṭipāṭiṃ muñcitvā na sakkonti. Paṭipāṭiyā anussarantāpi asaññabhavaṃ patvā khandhappavattiṃ na passanti, jāle patitā kuṇṭhā viya, kūpe patitā paṅguḷā viya ca honti. Te tattha ṭhatvā ‘‘ettakameva, ito paraṃ natthī’’ti diṭṭhiṃ gaṇhanti. Iti titthiyānaṃ pubbenivāsānussaraṇaṃ andhānaṃ yaṭṭhikoṭigamanaṃ viya hoti. Yathā hi andhā yaṭṭhikoṭiggāhake satiyeva gacchanti, asati tattheva nisīdanti, evameva titthiyā khandhapaṭipāṭiyāva anussarituṃ sakkonti, paṭipāṭiṃ vissajjetvā na sakkonti.
声闻弟子们也依照蕴的次第随念,如果投生到了无想有情天,便看不到蕴的流转。即便如此,对于在轮回中流转的众生而言,蕴从未有不存在之时。然而在无想有情天中,他们停留五百劫;过了那段时间,他们便依照佛陀们所教示的方法向后随念,如同具寿苏毗多那样。两大上首弟子与独觉佛,则通过观察死与结生来随念。对于诸佛而言,没有死与结生这回事,他们欲见何者,便直接见到何者。显示巴利原文
Sāvakāpi khandhapaṭipāṭiyāva anussaranti, asaññabhavaṃ patvā khandhappavattiṃ na passanti. Evaṃ santepi te vaṭṭe saṃsaraṇakasattānaṃ khandhānaṃ abhāvakālo nāma natthi. Asaññabhave pana pañcakappasatāni pavattantīti tattakaṃ kālaṃ atikkamitvā buddhehi dinnanaye ṭhatvā parato anussaranti; seyyathāpi āyasmā sobhito. Dve aggasāvakā pana paccekabuddhā ca cutipaṭisandhiṃ oloketvā anussaranti. Buddhānaṃ cutipaṭisandhikiccaṃ natthi, yaṃ yaṃ ṭhānaṃ passitukāmā honti, taṃ tadeva passanti.
诸外道随念宿住时,只随念自己所见过、做过、听闻过的事情。声闻与独觉佛也是如此。而诸佛则随念自己或他人所见、所做、所闻的一切。显示巴利原文
Titthiyā ca pubbenivāsaṃ anussaramānā attanā diṭṭhakatasutameva anussaranti. Tathā sāvakā ca paccekabuddhā ca. Buddhā pana attanā vā parehi vā diṭṭhakatasutaṃ sabbameva anussaranti.
诸外道的宿住智,犹如萤火虫的光芒;声闻弟子的宿住智,犹如灯焰的光芒;上首弟子的,犹如药草星的光芒;独觉佛的,犹如月亮的光芒;佛陀的,则犹如秋日太阳轮的光芒。佛陀的宿住智,无论随念多少百生、千生、十万生,或多少百劫、千劫、十万劫,都全无障碍与碰触;它只依赖转向,只依赖意欲、作意与心的生起。犹如从脆弱的叶鞘射出的箭,又如从须弥山顶投下的因陀罗雷,毫无阻碍地直射而去。‘啊!世尊的宿住智真是伟大!’就这样,比丘们对于世尊生起了这谈论,意为生起、展开。为简要显示这一切,经中只说:‘也如此为宿住,也如此为宿住。’这里的‘也如此’就是‘像这样’的意思。显示巴利原文
Titthiyānaṃ pubbenivāsañāṇaṃ khajjopanakaobhāsasadisaṃ, sāvakānaṃ padīpobhāsasadisaṃ, aggasāvakānaṃ osadhitārakobhāsasadisaṃ, paccekabuddhānaṃ candobhāsasadisaṃ, buddhānaṃ saradasūriyamaṇḍalobhāsasadisaṃ. Tassa ettakāni jātisatāni jātisahassāni jātisatasahassānīti vā ettakāni kappasatāni kappasahassāni kappasatasahassānīti vā natthi, yaṃ kiñci anussarantassa neva khalitaṃ, na paṭighātaṃ hoti, āvajjanapaṭibaddhameva ākaṅkhamanasikāracittuppādapaṭibaddhameva hoti. Dubbalapattapuṭe vegakkhittanārāco viya, sinerukūṭe vissaṭṭhaindavajiraṃ viya ca asajjamānameva gacchati. ‘‘Aho mahantaṃ bhagavato pubbenivāsañāṇa’’nti evaṃ bhagavantaṃyeva ārabbha kathā uppannā, jātā pavattāti attho. Taṃ sabbampi saṅkhepato dassetuṃ ‘‘itipi pubbenivāso, itipi pubvenivāso’’ti ettakameva pāḷiyaṃ vuttaṃ. Tattha itipīti evampi.
2-3 “Assosi kho…pe… atha bhagavā anuppatto”这一句,其中应说的内容,在《梵网经》的注释中已经解说过。不同处仅在于:那里是世尊以一切知智听闻,此处是以天耳听闻;那里是褒贬的谈论尚未结束,此处是宿住的谈论。因此,世尊心想:“这些比丘正以我的宿住智来赞叹功德,却未了知宿住智的成就;好吧,我来为他们开示此成就。”如此思惟后,世尊便前来。按照诸佛的惯例,原本为说法而设的座位,比丘们立即敷设并献上殊胜的佛座。世尊落座后,以“比丘们,你们现在以什么言语共坐谈论?”(kāya nuttha, bhikkhave)发问,待“尊者,于此……”(idha, bhante)等作答毕,为演述宿住相关的法义,世尊说:“你们是否想听?”(iccheyyātha noti)等。其中,「iccheyyātha noti」即“你们是否想听?”(iccheyyātha nu)。当时,比丘们满心欢喜地请求:“世尊,请讲说此法!”等。此处的「etassa」即指这次说法之事。显示巴利原文
2-3.Assosi kho…pe… atha bhagavā anuppattoti ettha yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ brahmajālasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttameva. Ayameva hi viseso – tattha sabbaññutaññāṇena assosi, idha dibbasotena. Tattha ca vaṇṇāvaṇṇakathā vippakatā, idha pubbenivāsakathā. Tasmā bhagavā – ‘‘ime bhikkhū mama pubbenivāsañāṇaṃ ārabbha guṇaṃ thomenti, pubbenivāsañāṇassa pana me nipphattiṃ na jānanti; handa nesaṃ tassa nipphattiṃ kathetvā dassāmī’’ti āgantvā pakatiyāpi buddhānaṃ nisīditvā dhammadesanatthameva ṭhapite taṅkhaṇe bhikkhūhi papphoṭetvā dinne varabuddhāsane nisīditvā ‘‘kāya nuttha, bhikkhave’’ti pucchāya ca ‘‘idha , bhante’’tiādipaṭivacanassa ca pariyosāne tesaṃ pubbenivāsapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ kathetukāmo iccheyyātha notiādimāha. Tattha iccheyyātha noti iccheyyātha nu. Atha naṃ pahaṭṭhamānasā bhikkhū yācamānā etassa bhagavātiādimāhaṃsu. Tattha etassāti etassa dhammikathākaraṇassa.
4 于是,世尊接受了他们的请求,欲为说法,便说:“那么,比丘们,谛听!”(tena hi, bhikkhave, suṇātha),引导他们专注省察、如理作意。接着,为开示不共于他派、如斩断围篱般的随念,世尊说:“比丘们,从此以来……”(ito so, bhikkhave)等。其中,“yaṃ vipassī”是指在哪个劫中毗婆尸佛出现。此处的“ya”字,正如在“yaṃ me, bhante, devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ sammukhā sutaṃ...”(尊者,我在三十三天面前所闻所受,我将对世尊说)等句中为主格;在“yaṃ taṃ apucchimha akittayī no...”等句中为受格;在“aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso, yaṃ ekissā lokadhātuyā”等句中为具格。然在此处,应视为位格。故说“yasmiṃ kappe”(在哪个劫中)。「Udapādī」是指震响十千世界而生起。显示巴利原文
4. Atha bhagavā tesaṃ yācanaṃ gahetvā kathetukāmo ‘‘tena hi, bhikkhave, suṇāthā’’ti te sotāvadhāraṇasādhukamanasikāresu niyojetvā aññesaṃ asādhāraṇaṃ chinnavaṭumakānussaraṇaṃ pakāsetukāmo ito so, bhikkhavetiādimāha. Tattha yaṃ vipassīti yasmiṃ kappe vipassī. Ayañhi ‘ya’nti saddo ‘‘yaṃ me, bhante, devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ, ārocemi taṃ, bhagavato’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.203) paccattavacane dissati. ‘‘Yaṃ taṃ apucchimha akittayī no, aññaṃ taṃ pucchāma tadiṅgha brūhī’’tiādīsu (su. ni. 881) upayogavacane. ‘‘Aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso, yaṃ ekissā lokadhātuyā’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 1.277) karaṇavacane. Idha pana bhummattheti daṭṭhabbo. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘yasmiṃ kappe’’ti. Udapādīti dasasahassilokadhātuṃ unnādento uppajji.
「贤劫」(Bhaddakappe):因此劫有五位佛陀出现而庄严,故是吉祥劫、核心劫。世尊赞叹此劫时如此说。据说,自从我们的世尊发起愿行以来,在此期间,从未有一个劫中有五位佛陀诞生。在世尊发起愿行之前,曾有丹杭伽罗、美达杭伽罗、萨拉囊伽罗和燃灯四位佛陀诞生于同一劫。此后,有一个不可计数劫完全没有佛陀。显示巴利原文
Bhaddakappeti pañcabuddhuppādapaṭimaṇḍitattā sundarakappe sārakappeti bhagavā imaṃ kappaṃ thomento evamāha. Yato paṭṭhāya kira amhākaṃ bhagavatā abhinīhāro kato, etasmiṃ antare ekakappepi pañca buddhā nibbattā nāma natthi. Amhākaṃ bhagavato abhinīhārassa purato pana taṇhaṅkaro, medhaṅkaro, saraṇaṅkaro, dīpaṅkaroti cattāro buddhā ekasmiṃ kappe nibbattiṃsu. Tesaṃ orabhāge ekaṃ asaṅkhyeyyaṃ buddhasuññameva ahosi.
在不可计数劫之末,唯有一位名为憍陈如的佛陀独现于一劫。此后,又经一不可计数劫无佛出世。至该不可计数劫之末,则有曼伽罗、苏玛那、雷瓦多、索毗达四位佛陀同出一劫。此后,又经一不可计数劫无佛出世。复次,于又一不可计数劫末——从今上溯十万劫又加一不可计数劫之处——有无量见佛、莲华佛、那拉达佛三位佛陀同出一劫。此后,又经一不可计数劫无佛出世。在该不可计数劫末,即从今上溯十万劫之处,唯莲华上世尊独现于一劫。其后,从今上溯三万劫之处,有善慧、善生两位佛陀同出一劫。更后,从今上溯一万八千劫之处,有喜见佛、见义佛、见法佛三位佛陀同出一劫。接着,于此九十四劫前,名悉达多佛的佛陀独现于一劫。于此九十二劫前,有底沙、弗沙两位佛陀同出一劫。于此九十一劫前,毗婆尸世尊出现。于此三十一劫前,有尸弃、毗舍婆两位佛陀出现。于此贤劫之中,已有拘留孙、拘那含佛、迦叶及我等正自觉者乔达摩四位佛陀出现,弥勒佛亦将出现。显示巴利原文
Asaṅkhyeyyakappapariyosāne pana koṇḍañño nāma buddho ekova ekasmiṃ kappe uppanno. Tatopi asaṅkhyeyyaṃ buddhasuññameva ahosi. Asaṅkhyeyyakappapariyosāne maṅgalo, sumano, revato, sobhitoti cattāro buddhā ekasmiṃ kappe uppannā . Tatopi asaṅkhyeyyaṃ buddhasuññameva ahosi. Asaṅkhyeyyakappapariyosāne pana ito kappasatasahassādhikassa asaṅkhyeyyassa upari anomadassī, padumo, nāradoti tayo buddhā ekasmiṃ kappe uppannā. Tatopi asaṅkhyeyyaṃ buddhasuññameva ahosi. Asaṅkhyeyyakappapariyosāne pana ito kappasatasahassānaṃ upari padumuttaro bhagavā ekova ekasmiṃ kappe uppanno. Tassa orabhāge ito tiṃsakappasahassānaṃ upari sumedho, sujātoti dve buddhā ekasmiṃ kappe uppannā. Tato orabhāge ito aṭṭhārasannaṃ kappasahassānaṃ upari piyadassī, atthadassī, dhammadassīti tayo buddhā ekasmiṃ kappe uppannā. Atha ito catunavutikappe siddhattho nāma buddho ekova ekasmiṃ kappe uppanno. Ito dve navutikappe tisso, phussoti dve buddhā ekasmiṃ kappe uppannā. Ito ekanavutikappe vipassī bhagavā uppanno. Ito ekatiṃse kappe sikhī, vessabhūti dve buddhā uppannā. Imasmiṃ bhaddakappe kakusandho, koṇāgamano, kassapo, gotamo amhākaṃ sammāsambuddhoti cattāro buddhā uppannā, metteyyo uppajjissati. Evamayaṃ kappo pañcabuddhuppādapaṭimaṇḍitattā sundarakappo sārakappoti bhagavā imaṃ kappaṃ thomento evamāha.
那么,这种“在此劫中,曾有或当有如是数量之佛陀出世”的知晓,是仅为诸佛所通达,还是其他人也能了知?其他人也能了知。哪些人呢?净居天的梵天。当世界成立之际,在世间聚住、历经一不可计数劫凝然停住时,为安立世界,天降大雨。最初,犹如寒冬降霜。随后,雨滴渐次如芝麻粒、芥子粒、稻粒、绿豆、大豆、枣子、庵摩罗果、余甘子、瓜粒、葫芦那般大小,进而成为一牛、二牛、半俱卢舍、一俱卢舍、二俱卢舍、半由旬、一由旬、二由旬乃至百由旬、千由旬、十万由旬巨大的水柱,充满十万亿轮围之内的世界,于无毁的梵天界处停住。其后,那些水逐渐退去。在退去时,凡天界所在之处便形成了天界。天界的形成方式,已在《清净道论》的宿住智章节中说明。显示巴利原文
Kiṃ panetaṃ buddhānaṃyeva pākaṭaṃ hoti – ‘‘imasmiṃ kappe ettakā buddhā uppannā vā uppajjissantīti vā’’ti, udāhu aññesampi pākaṭaṃ hotīti? Aññesampi pākaṭaṃ hoti. Kesaṃ? Suddhāvāsabrahmānaṃ. Kappasaṇṭhānakālasmiñhi ekamasaṅkhyeyyaṃ ekaṅgaṇaṃ hutvā ṭhite lokasannivāse lokassa saṇṭhānatthāya devo vassituṃ ārabhati. Āditova antaraṭṭhake himapāto viya hoti. Tato tilamattā kaṇamattā taṇḍulamattā mugga-māsa-badara-āmalaka-eḷāluka-kumbhaṇḍa-alābumattā udakadhārā hutvā anukkamena usabhadveusabhaaḍḍhagāvutagāvutadvegāvutaaḍḍhayojanayojanadviyojana…pe… yojanasatayojanasahassayojanasatasahassamattā hutvā koṭisatasahassacakkavāḷabbhantare yāva avinaṭṭhabrahmalokā pūretvā tiṭṭhanti. Atha taṃ udakaṃ anupubbena bhassati, bhassante udake pakatidevalokaṭṭhānesu devalokā saṇṭhahanti, tesaṃ saṇṭhahanavidhānaṃ visuddhimagge pubbenivāsakathāyaṃ vuttameva.
当水退至人间将安立之处时,犹如陶师鼓风管口被堵住一般,水依风力而停住,大地便如莲叶般在水面之上安立。大菩提宝座在世界坏灭时最后坏灭,在世界成立时最先安立。彼处,会生起一丛莲茎作为前兆:若此劫有佛出世,花即开放;若无佛出世,花则不开。花开之时,若唯有一佛出世,则开一朵花;若有二、三、四、五佛出世,便开五朵花,且这些花同系于一茎的花萼之上。净居天的梵天们相互言说:‘贤友们,我们去看前兆吧!’便来到大菩提座之处。在无佛之劫,便无有花。当他们见到无花的莲丛,心不喜悦而叹:‘唉,世间将陷于黑暗,众生死后多趣恶道,六欲天与九梵天都将空虚。’若值花开时节,见花已,便满心欢喜地发出感叹:‘我们将得见一切智菩萨入母胎、出母胎、成正觉、转法轮、显现双神变、从天降下、舍寿行、般涅槃,以及震动一万轮围世界等诸般神变。且四恶趣将衰减,六欲天与九梵天将充满。’如是欢喜感叹后,各自返回己之梵天界。于此贤劫,生起了五朵莲花。藉此前兆之力,已有四尊佛陀出现,第五尊亦将出现。显示巴利原文
Manussalokasaṇṭhahanaṭṭhānaṃ pana patte udake dhamakaraṇamukhe pihite viya vātavasena taṃ udakaṃ santiṭṭhati, udakapiṭṭhe uppalinipaṇṇaṃ viya pathavī saṇṭhahati. Mahābodhipallaṅko vinassamāne loke pacchā vinassati, saṇṭhahamāne paṭhamaṃ saṇṭhahati. Tattha pubbanimittaṃ hutvā eko paduminigaccho uppajjati, tassa sace tasmiṃ kappe buddho nibbattissati, pupphaṃ uppajjati. No ce, nuppajjati. Uppajjamānañca sace eko buddho nibbattissati, ekaṃ uppajjati. Sace dve, tayo, cattāro, pañca buddhā nibbattissanti, pañca uppajjanti. Tāni ca kho ekasmiṃyeva nāḷe kaṇṇikābaddhāni hutvā. Suddhāvāsabrahmāno ‘‘āyāma , mayaṃ mārisā, pubbanimittaṃ passissāmā’’ti mahābodhipallaṅkaṭṭhānaṃ āgacchanti, buddhānaṃ anibbattanakappe pupphaṃ na hoti. Te pana apupphitagacchaṃ disvā – ‘‘andhakāro vata bho loko bhavissati, matā matā sattā apāye pūressanti, cha devalokā nava brahmalokā suññā bhavissantī’’ti anattamanā honti. Pupphitakāle pana pupphaṃ disvā – ‘‘sabbaññubodhisattesu mātukucchiṃ okkamantesu nikkhamantesu sambujjhantesu dhammacakkaṃ pavattentesu yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ karontesu devorohanaṃ karontesu āyusaṅkhāraṃ ossajjantesu parinibbāyantesu dasasahassacakkavāḷakampanādīni pāṭihāriyāni dakkhissāmā’’ti ca ‘‘cattāro apāyā parihāyissanti, cha devalokā nava brahmalokā paripūressantī’’ti ca attamanā udānaṃ udānentā attano attano brahmalokaṃ gacchanti. Imasmiṃ bhaddakappe pañca padumāni uppajjiṃsu. Tesaṃ nimittānaṃ ānubhāvena cattāro buddhā uppannā, pañcamo uppajjissati. Suddhāvāsabrahmānopi tāni padumāni disvā imamatthaṃ jāniṃsu. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘aññesampi pākaṭaṃ hotī’’ti.
关于寿量决定的解释。显示巴利原文
Āyuparicchedavaṇṇanā
5-7 世尊以“比丘们,从此……”等方式,通过劫的划定展示了宿住通之后,现在为了进一步显示那些佛陀的出生等差别,便说:“比丘们,毗婆尸……”等。其中,在寿量差别方面,“短”与“轻”二者皆是“少”的同义词。凡少者,即是既短又轻。显示巴利原文
5-7. Iti bhagavā – ‘‘ito so, bhikkhave’’tiādinā nayena kappaparicchedavasena pubbenivāsaṃ dassetvā idāni tesaṃ buddhānaṃ jātiparicchedādivasena dassetuṃ vipassī, bhikkhavetiādimāha. Tattha āyuparicchede parittaṃ lahukanti ubhayametaṃ appakasseva vevacanaṃ. Yañhi appakaṃ, taṃ parittañceva lahukañca hoti.
“少或多”是说:从一百岁往上再少一些,即未能满另一个一百岁,仅活二十、三十、四十、五十或六十岁。然而,如此长寿者极为稀有,常听说“某处某人活得那么久”,但需亲自到各处才能见到。其中,优婆夷毗舍佉活了一百二十岁,同样,婆罗门咤哆罗、梵摩、些喇、婆和利、尊者阿难、尊者大迦叶也都活了一百二十岁;阿那律长老活了一百五十岁,拔古喇长老活了一百六十岁。这位拔古喇长老是一切人中最为长寿的。但是,即使这位最长寿者,也未能活到二百岁。显示巴利原文
Appaṃ vā bhiyyoti vassasatato vā upari appaṃ, aññaṃ vassasataṃ apatvā vīsaṃ vā tiṃsaṃ vā cattālīsaṃ vā paṇṇāsaṃ vā saṭṭhi vā vassāni jīvati. Evaṃ dīghāyuko pana atidullabho, asuko kira evaṃ ciraṃ jīvatīti tattha tattha gantvā daṭṭhabbo hoti. Tattha visākhā upāsikā vīsavassasataṃ jīvati, tathā pokkharasāti brāhmaṇo, brahmāyu brāhmaṇo, selo brāhmaṇo, bāvariyabrāhmaṇo, ānandatthero, mahākassapattheroti. Anuruddhatthero pana vassasatañceva paṇṇāsañca vassāni, bākulatthero vassasatañceva saṭṭhi ca vassāni. Ayaṃ sabbadīghāyuko. Sopi dve vassasatāni na jīvati.
然而,毗婆尸佛等一切菩萨,皆是以与慈心前行相应、喜俱行、智相应、无行的心结生于母胎。依此心结生者,其寿量本不可计数,因此一切佛陀原本皆为无量寿者。那么,他们为何未能保持无量寿呢?因为时节与食物的衰损。以时节和食物为缘,寿命既可减损,也可增长。显示巴利原文
Vipassīādayo pana sabbepi bodhisattā mettāpubbabhāgena somanassasahagatañāṇasampayuttaasaṅkhārikacittena mātukucchismiṃ paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhiṃsu. Tena cittena gahitāya paṭisandhiyā asaṅkhyeyyaṃ āyu, iti sabbe buddhā asaṅkhyeyyāyukā. Te kasmā asaṅkhyeyyaṃ na aṭṭhaṃsu? Utubhojanavipattiyā. Utubhojanavasena hi āyu hāyatipi vaḍḍhatipi.
当国王们不如法时,副王、将军、富豪、整个城市乃至全国,也都变得不如法。那时,守护他们的天神,以及这些天神的友伴——地居天、地居天的友伴——空居天、空居天的友伴——热云天、热云天的友伴——雾云天、雾云天的友伴——寒云天、寒云天的友伴——雨云天、雨云天的友伴——四大王天、四大王天的友伴——三十三天、三十三天的友伴——夜摩天,如此乃至有顶天,除圣声闻之外,一切天与梵众悉皆不如法。因他们不如法,日月运行失衡,风不循正轨而吹。风不循正轨时,便摇动空居天的宫殿;宫殿受摇动,天众游乐之心便不生起;游乐之心不生,寒暑等时节便不能适时成就;时节不能适时成就,天就不降适时的雨。时而降雨,时而不降;有的地方降雨,有的地方不降。即便降雨,在播种、发芽、抽茎、开花、灌浆等时节,也不能给予庄稼适时的利益,雨就这样忽降忽止;因此庄稼成熟不均,失去了香气、色泽、味道等品质。即使将米放在同一口锅里煮,煮出的饭有的……显示巴利原文
Tattha yadā rājāno adhammikā honti, tadā uparājāno, senāpati, seṭṭhi, sakalanagaraṃ, sakalaraṭṭhaṃ adhammikameva hoti; atha tesaṃ ārakkhadevatā, tāsaṃ devatānaṃ mittā bhūmaṭṭhadevatā, tāsaṃ devatānaṃ mittā ākāsaṭṭhakadevatā, ākāsaṭṭhakadevatānaṃ mittā uṇhavalāhakā devatā, tāsaṃ mittā abbhavalāhakā devatā, tāsaṃ mittā sītavalāhakā devatā, tāsaṃ mittā vassavalāhakā devatā, tāsaṃ mittā cātumahārājikā devatā, tāsaṃ mittā tāvatiṃsā devatā, tāsaṃ mittā yāmā devatāti evamādi. Evaṃ yāva bhavaggā ṭhapetvā ariyasāvake sabbā devabrahmaparisāpi adhammikāva honti. Tāsaṃ adhammikatāya visamaṃ candimasūriyā pariharanti, vāto yathāmaggena na vāyati, ayathāmaggena vāyanto ākāsaṭṭhakavimānāni khobheti, vimānesu khobhitesu devatānaṃ kīḷanatthāya cittāni na namanti, devatānaṃ kīḷanatthāya cittesu anamantesu sītuṇhabhedo utu yathākālena na sampajjati, tasmiṃ asampajjante na sammā devo vassati, kadāci vassati, kadāci na vassati; katthaci vassati, katthaci na vassati, vassantopi vappakāle aṅkurakāle nāḷakāle pupphakāle khīraggahaṇādikālesu yathā yathā sassānaṃ upakāro na hoti, tathā tathā vassati ca vigacchati ca, tena sassāni visamapākāni honti, vigatagandhavaṇṇarasādisampannāni. Ekabhājane pakkhittataṇḍulesupi ekasmiṃ padese bhattaṃ uttaṇḍulaṃ hoti, ekasmiṃ atikilinnaṃ, ekasmiṃ samapākaṃ. Taṃ paribhuttaṃ kucchiyampi tīhākārehi paccati. Tena sattā bahvābādhā ceva honti, appāyukā ca. Evaṃ tāva utubhojanavasena āyu hāyati.
然而,当国王们是如法的时候,副王等也如同前面所说的道理,乃至到梵天界,一切都变得如法。由于他们如法,日月平衡地运行,风按正轨吹拂。风按正轨吹拂时,不会摇动空居天神的宫殿;宫殿不被摇动,天神们游乐的心便会生起。这样,时节按时成就,天恰当地降雨,从播种时开始就对庄稼给予适时的利益,应时降雨,应时停止,因此庄稼均衡地成熟,具足香气、美丽色泽、美味和营养。用这些谷物制作的食物,吃下去后也能正确地消化,因此众生无病、长寿。像这样,依靠时节和食物,寿命便增长了。显示巴利原文
Yadā pana rājāno dhammikā honti, tadā uparājānopi dhammikā hontīti purimanayeneva yāva brahmalokā sabbepi dhammikā honti. Tesaṃ dhammikattā samaṃ candimasūriyā pariharanti, yathāmaggena vāto vāyati, yathāmaggena vāyanto ākāsaṭṭhakavimānāni na khobheti, tesaṃ akhobhā devatānaṃ kīḷanatthāya cittāni namanti. Evaṃ kālena utu sampajjati, devo sammā vassati, vappakālato paṭṭhāya sassānaṃ upakāraṃ karonto kāle vassati, kāle vigacchati, tena sassāni samapākāni sugandhāni suvaṇṇāni surasāni ojavantāni honti, tehi sampāditaṃ bhojanaṃ paribhuttampi sammā paripākaṃ gacchati , tena sattā arogā dīghāyukā honti. Evaṃ utubhojanavasena āyu vaḍḍhati.
其中,毗婆尸世尊出生于人寿八万岁的时代,尸弃佛出生于人寿七万岁的时代。这看起来像是次第衰减的样子,但实际并非如此衰减,应该理解为是增长、再增长之后才衰减的。是怎样的呢?就在这个劫中,拘留孙世尊出生于人寿四万岁的时候,他将当时的寿命量分成五份,过了四份,在还剩第五份时便般涅槃了。那寿命衰减到十岁之后,又增长到不可计数,再从不可计数衰减后停住在三万岁;那时拘那含佛世尊出世。在他同样地般涅槃后,那寿命又衰减到十岁,然后再增长到不可计数,再衰减后停住在二万岁;那时迦叶佛世尊出世。在他同样地般涅槃后,那寿命再次衰减到十岁,再增长到不可计数,最后衰减达到一百岁时,我们的正等正觉者便出世了。应当理解,就像这样次第衰减又衰减、增长又增长之后才衰减。其中,无论佛在当时人寿量几何的人类中出世,他们的寿命也都与当时的人寿量相等,应这样了知。显示巴利原文
Tattha vipassī bhagavā asītivassasahassāyukakāle nibbatto, sikhī sattativassasahassāyukakāleti idaṃ anupubbena parihīnasadisaṃ kataṃ, na pana evaṃ parihīnaṃ, vaḍḍhitvā vaḍḍhitvā parihīnanti veditabbaṃ. Kathaṃ? Imasmiṃ tāva kappe kakusandho bhagavā cattālīsavassasahassāyukakāle nibbatto, āyuppamāṇaṃ pañca koṭṭhāse katvā cattāri ṭhatvā pañcame vijjamāneyeva parinibbuto. Taṃ āyu parihāyamānaṃ dasavassakālaṃ patvā puna vaḍḍhamānaṃ asaṅkhyeyyaṃ hutvā tato parihāyamānaṃ tiṃsavassasahassakāle ṭhitaṃ; tadā koṇāgamano bhagavā nibbatto. Tasmimpi tatheva parinibbute taṃ āyu dasavassakālaṃ patvā puna vaḍḍhamānaṃ asaṅkhyeyyaṃ hutvā parihāyitvā vīsativassasahassakāle ṭhitaṃ; tadā kassapo bhagavā nibbatto. Tasmimpi tatheva parinibbute taṃ āyu dasavassakālaṃ patvā puna vaḍḍhamānaṃ asaṅkhyeyyaṃ hutvā parihāyitvā vassasatakālaṃ pattaṃ, atha amhākaṃ sammāsambuddho nibbatto. Evaṃ anupubbena parihāyitvā parihāyitvā vaḍḍhitvā vaḍḍhitvā parihīnanti veditabbaṃ. Tattha yaṃ yaṃ āyuparimāṇesu manussesu buddhā nibbattanti, tesampi taṃ tadeva āyuparimāṇaṃ hotīti veditabbaṃ.
菩提分际的解释显示巴利原文
Bodhiparicchedavaṇṇanā
8 在菩提分际中,“于波吒厘树下”:即在波吒厘树下。那一天,这棵波吒厘树的树干高耸五十肘,树枝也伸展五十肘,总计高达百肘。就在当日,这棵波吒厘树从树根至树梢,犹如以环扣系满花朵一般,被层层叠叠的花朵全然覆盖,散发着天界的芬芳。不单是这棵树开花,整个一万轮围界中的所有波吒厘树全都开了花。不仅波吒厘树如此,一万轮围界内的一切树木——树干上绽放出树干莲花,树枝上绽放出树枝莲花,藤蔓上绽放出藤蔓莲花,虚空中也绽开了空中莲花,乃至顶破地面,升起硕大的莲花。大海洋也被五色莲花、青莲花、红莲花完全覆满。整个一万轮围界,处处幢幡高悬,花环系缀,花鬘球散落,各色花朵交相辉映,宛如欢喜苑、杂色苑、混淆苑、帕鲁沙迦苑一般庄严。悬于东轮围界口边的高幢,仿佛能触及西轮围界口边;西、南、北轮围界口边的高幢,也仿佛能各自触及相对的边界。就这样,各个轮围界彼此示现祥瑞。“已成正觉”:即圆满通达一切佛陀功德的殊胜与祥瑞,证悟了四圣谛。显示巴利原文
8. Bodhiparicchede pana pāṭaliyā mūleti pāṭalirukkhassa heṭṭhā. Tassā pana pāṭaliyā khandho taṃ divasaṃ paṇṇāsaratano hutvā abbhuggato, sākhā paṇṇāsaratanāti ubbedhena ratanasataṃ ahosi. Taṃ divasañca sā pāṭali kaṇṇikābaddhehi viya pupphehi mūlato paṭṭhāya ekasañchannā ahosi, dibbagandhaṃ vāyati. Na kevalañca tadā ayameva pupphitā, dasasahassacakkavāḷe sabbapāṭaliyo pupphitā. Na kevalañca pāṭaliyo, dasasahassacakkavāḷe sabbarukkhānaṃ khandhesu khandhapadumāni, sākhāsu sākhāpadumāni, latāsu latāpadumāni, ākāse ākāsapadumāni pupphitāni, pathavitalaṃ bhinditvāpi mahāpadumāni uṭṭhitāni. Mahāsamuddopi pañcavaṇṇehi padumehi nīluppalarattuppalehi ca sañchanno ahosi. Sakaladasasahassacakkavāḷaṃ dhajamālākulaṃ tattha tattha nibaddhapupphadāmavissaṭṭhamālāguḷavippakiṇṇaṃ nānāvaṇṇakusumasamujjalaṃ nandanavanacittalatāvanamissakavanaphārusakavanasadisaṃ ahosi. Puratthimacakkavāḷamukhavaṭṭiyaṃ ussitaddhajā pacchimacakkavāḷamukhavaṭṭiṃ abhihananti. Pacchimadakkhiṇauttaracakkavāḷamukhavaṭṭiyaṃ ussitaddhajā dakkhiṇacakkavāḷamukhavaṭṭiṃ abhihananti. Evaṃ aññamaññasirīsampattāni cakkavāḷāni ahesuṃ. Abhisambuddhoti sakalaṃ buddhaguṇavibhavasiriṃ paṭivijjhamāno cattāri saccāni abhisambuddho.
“诸比丘,尸弃世尊、阿拉汉、正自觉者,于分陀利树下成正觉”等文句,也应按此方式来理解。此处,“分陀利”即为白花树。其尺寸亦复如是。当日,它也同样被天香与花朵美妙而稠密地覆盖。不但有花覆盖,还有果实覆盖。它既结有嫩果,也结有中等熟度的果,还结有不甚熟的果与全熟的果;那些熟果如同投入的天食般甘美,垂挂于树上。如同这棵树一样,在整个一万轮围界中,凡是开花的树都由花朵庄严,凡是结果的树都由果实庄严。显示巴利原文
‘‘Sikhī, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho puṇḍarīkassa mūle abhisambuddho’’tiādīsupi imināva nayena padavaṇṇanā veditabbā. Ettha pana puṇḍarīkoti setambarukkho. Tassāpi tadeva parimāṇaṃ. Taṃ divasañca sopi dibbagandhehi pupphehi susañchanno ahosi. Na kevalañca pupphehi, phalehipi sañchanno ahosi. Tassa ekato taruṇāni phalāni, ekato majjhimāni phalāni, ekato nātipakkāni phalāni, ekato supakkāni pakkhittadibbojāni viya surasāni olambanti. Yathā so, evaṃ sakaladasasahassacakkavāḷesu pupphūpagarukkhā pupphehi, phalūpagarukkhā phalehi paṭimaṇḍitā ahesuṃ.
“娑罗”:即娑罗树。其尺寸亦复如是,花的祥瑞同样应如此理解。关于“吉祥树”,也是同样的道理。而“乌敦跋罗树”,据说没有花;但此处果的祥瑞,与前述芒果的情形相同。榕树如此,“阿说他树”也如此。因此,一切佛陀的跏趺座是同一的,但树却各有不同。在这些树中,佛陀于某一棵树下证悟了名为“四道智”的菩提,那棵树便被尊称为菩提树。这便称之为菩提分际。显示巴利原文
Sāloti sālarukkho. Tassāpi tadeva parimāṇaṃ, tatheva pupphasirīvibhavo veditabbo. Sirīsarukkhepi eseva nayo. Udumbararukkhe pupphāni nāhesuṃ, phalavibhūti panettha ambe vuttanayāva, tathā nigrodhe, tathā assatthe. Iti sabbabuddhānaṃ ekova pallaṅko, rukkhā pana aññepi honti. Tesu yassa yassa rukkhassa mūle catumaggañāṇasaṅkhātabodhiṃ buddhā paṭivijjhanti, so so bodhīti vuccati. Ayaṃ bodhiparicchedo nāma.
声闻双贤分际的解释显示巴利原文
Sāvakayugaparicchedavaṇṇanā
9 9. 于声闻双贤分际,「康达帝沙」指康达与帝沙。其中康达是同父异母的幼弟,帝沙是国师之子。康达于般若波罗蜜达到了究竟,帝沙于定波罗蜜达到了究竟。「最胜」是指除了毗婆尸世尊之外,与其他诸佛相较,因拥有不共的功德而最为尊上。「双贤」正是因这最胜而得名。「阿毗布与桑巴瓦」指阿毗布和桑巴瓦。其中阿毗布于般若波罗蜜达到了究竟。他曾与尸弃世尊一同,从阿卢那跋提出发前往梵天界,于梵众中示现种种神通而说法。他先以黑暗遍覆一万世界,令众生心生惊慌:“这是怎么回事?”随后又以光明遍覆,并作意决意:“愿一切众生皆能看见我的身色,听到我的音声”,接着诵出“汝等当奋发……”两首偈颂(《相应部·有偈品》185经),使大众听到了他的音声。桑巴瓦则于定波罗蜜达到了究竟。显示巴利原文
9. Sāvakayugaparicchede pana khaṇḍatissanti khaṇḍo ca tisso ca. Tesu khaṇḍo ekapitiko kaniṭṭhabhātā, tisso purohitaputto . Khaṇḍo paññāpāramiyā matthakaṃ patto, tisso samādhipāramiyā matthakaṃ patto. Agganti ṭhapetvā vipassiṃ bhagavantaṃ avasesehi saddhiṃ asadisaguṇatāya uttamaṃ. Bhaddayuganti aggattāyeva bhaddayugaṃ. Abhibhūsambhavanti abhibhū ca sambhavo ca. Tesu abhibhū paññāpāramiyā matthakaṃ patto. Sikhinā bhagavatā saddhiṃ aruṇavatito brahmalokaṃ gantvā brahmaparisāya vividhāni pāṭihāriyāni dassento dhammaṃ desetvā dasasahassilokadhātuṃ andhakārena pharitvā – ‘‘kiṃ ida’’nti sañjātasaṃvegānaṃ obhāsaṃ pharitvā – ‘‘sabbe me rūpañca passantu, saddañca suṇantū’’ti adhiṭṭhahitvā – ‘‘ārambhathā’’ti gāthādvayaṃ (saṃ. ni. 1.185) bhaṇanto saddaṃ sāvesi. Sambhavo samādhipāramiyā matthakaṃ patto ahosi.
「索那与伍达拉」指索那和伍达拉。其中索那成就了般若波罗蜜,伍达拉成就了定波罗蜜。「韦度拉与桑济瓦」指韦度拉和桑济瓦。其中韦度拉成就了般若波罗蜜,桑济瓦成就了定波罗蜜。桑济瓦常修习等至,依等至之力于站立处、坐处、洞窟、凉亭等处禅修。一日,他在树林中进入了灭尽定,一些伐木工等以为他已命终,便火化了他。到了预定时间,他从定中出定,抖落袈裟上的灰土,入村托钵乞食。从此以后,众人便称他为“桑济瓦”。「比优索与伍达拉」指比优索和伍达拉。其中比优索以智慧最为优胜,伍达拉以禅定最为优胜。「帝沙与婆罗堕阇」指帝沙和婆罗堕阇。其中帝沙成就了般若波罗蜜,婆罗堕阇成就了定波罗蜜。「舍利弗与目犍连」指舍利弗和目犍连。其中舍利弗于智慧领域最为优胜,目犍连于禅定领域最为优胜。这就叫作声闻双贤分际。显示巴利原文
Soṇuttaranti soṇo ca uttaro ca. Tesupi soṇo paññāpāramiṃ patto, uttaro samādhipāramiṃ patto ahosi. Vidhurasañjīvanti vidhuro ca sañjīvo ca. Tesu vidhuro paññāpāramiṃ patto ahosi, sañjīvo samādhipāramiṃ patto. Samāpajjanabahulo rattiṭṭhānadivāṭṭhānakuṭileṇamaṇḍapādīsu samāpattibalena jhāyanto ekadivasaṃ araññe nirodhaṃ samāpajji, atha naṃ vanakammikādayo ‘‘mato’’ti sallakkhetvā jhāpesuṃ. So yathāparicchedena samāpattito uṭṭhāya cīvarāni papphoṭetvā gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Tadupādāyeva ca naṃ ‘‘sañjīvo’’ti sañjāniṃsu. Bhiyyosuttaranti bhiyyoso ca uttaro ca. Tesu bhiyyoso paññāya uttaro, uttaro samādhinā aggo ahosi. Tissabhāradvājanti tisso ca bhāradvājo ca . Tesu tisso paññāpāramiṃ patto, bhāradvājo samādhipāramiṃ patto ahosi . Sāriputtamoggallānanti sāriputto ca moggallāno ca. Tesu sāriputto paññāvisaye, moggallāno samādhivisaye aggo ahosi. Ayaṃ sāvakayugaparicchedo nāma.
声闻集会分节注释显示巴利原文
Sāvakasannipātaparicchedavaṇṇanā
10 10. 于声闻集会分际,毗婆尸世尊的第一次集会具备四个特点:所有比丘皆是“善来比丘”,皆以神通化现钵与衣,皆不请自来,且都在十五布萨日那天。那时,导师手持扇子就座,诵出巴帝摩卡。第二次和第三次集会也是如此。其余诸佛的一切集会也都是这样。然而,我们世尊的集会是在初成道时,此经是后来才说的,因此未用“现在”而说了“曾有”(ahosi)。显示巴利原文
10. Sāvakasannipātaparicchede vipassissa bhagavato paṭhamasannipāto caturaṅgiko ahosi, sabbe ehibhikkhū, sabbe iddhiyā nibbattapattacīvarā, sabbe anāmantitāva āgatā, iti te ca kho pannarase uposathadivase. Atha satthā bījaniṃ gahetvā nisinno uposathaṃ osāresi. Dutiyatatiyesupi eseva nayo. Tathā sesabuddhānaṃ sabbasannipātesu. Yasmā pana amhākaṃ bhagavato paṭhamabodhiyāva sannipāto ahosi, idañca suttaṃ aparabhāge vuttaṃ, tasmā ‘‘mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etarahi eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto’’ti aniṭṭhapetvā ‘‘ahosī’’ti vuttaṃ.
其中,“一千二百五十位比丘”是指:从前的结发外道共一千人,加上二位上首弟子的随行弟子二百五十人,合为一千二百五十位比丘。此处应讲述从二位上首弟子最初发愿以来的事迹,并说明他们出家的情形。出家之后,大目犍连于第七日证得阿拉汉果。法将舍利弗则于第十五日,在灵鹫山猪窟洞——其外甥游方者长爪为其设斋的场合,当世尊开示《受摄经》(《中部》第201经)时,随闻法而以智慧证得了声闻波罗蜜智。世尊了知长老已证得阿拉汉果后,便腾空来到竹林精舍。长老心想:“世尊去了哪里?”当他观知世尊已现身于竹林精舍时,便自己也腾空来到竹林精舍。就在那时,世尊诵出了巴帝摩卡。正是针对那次集会,世尊说“一千二百五十位比丘”。这就是“声闻集会分节”的解说。显示巴利原文
Tattha aḍḍhateḷasāni bhikkhusatānīti purāṇajaṭilānaṃ sahassaṃ, dvinnaṃ aggasāvakānaṃ parivārāni aḍḍhateyyasatānīti aḍḍhateḷasāni bhikkhusatāni. Tattha dvinnaṃ aggasāvakānaṃ abhinīhārato paṭṭhāya vatthuṃ kathetvā pabbajjā dīpetabbā. Pabbajitānaṃ pana tesaṃ mahāmoggallāno sattame divase arahattaṃ patto. Dhammasenāpati pannarasame divase gijjhakūṭapabbatamajjhe sūkarakhataleṇapabbhāre bhāgineyyassa dīghanakhaparibbājakassa sajjite dhammayāge vedanāpariggahasuttante (ma. ni. 2.201) desiyamāne desanaṃ anubujjhamānaṃ ñāṇaṃ pesetvā sāvakapāramiñāṇaṃ patto. Bhagavā therassa arahattappattiṃ ñatvā vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā veḷuvaneyeva paccuṭṭhāsi. Thero – ‘‘kuhiṃ nu kho bhagavā gato’’ti āvajjanto veḷuvane patiṭṭhitabhāvaṃ ñatvā sayampi vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā veḷuvaneyeva paccuṭṭhāsi. Atha bhagavā pātimokkhaṃ osāresi. Taṃ sannipātaṃ sandhāya bhagavā – ‘‘aḍḍhateḷasāni bhikkhusatānī’’ti āha. Ayaṃ sāvakasannipātaparicchedo nāma.
侍者分节注释显示巴利原文
Upaṭṭhākaparicchedavaṇṇanā
11 在“侍者分节”中,“阿难陀”是就常侍者的身份而说的。世尊初成道时,并无固定的侍者。有时是龙萨摩罗长老持衣钵随行,有时是那吉多,有时是优波婆那,有时是善星,有时是沙弥准达,有时是萨伽陀,有时则是弥希亚。其中有一次,世尊与龙萨摩罗长老同行,行至一处分岔路口。长老偏离原路,说:“世尊,我走这条路。”世尊便对他说:“来,比丘,我们走这条路。”他却说:“世尊,请您自己拿着衣钵,我要走这条路。”说着就想把衣钵放下。于是世尊说:“拿来,比丘。”自己拿过衣钵便走了。那位比丘走上另一条路,遇到贼人,被抢走衣钵,还打破了头。他想:“现在世尊就是我唯一的皈依处,别无他人了。”便头上流着血来到世尊面前。世尊问:“比丘,这是怎么回事?”他便禀报了事情经过。于是世尊安慰他说:“不必忧虑,比丘,我们正是预见会发生这种事,才劝阻你的。”显示巴利原文
11. Upaṭṭhākaparicchede pana ānandoti nibaddhupaṭṭhākabhāvaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Bhagavato hi paṭhamabodhiyaṃ anibaddhā upaṭṭhākā ahesuṃ. Ekadā nāgasamālo pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā vicari, ekadā nāgito, ekadā upavāno, ekadā sunakkhatto, ekadā cundo samaṇuddeso, ekadā sāgato , ekadā meghiyo. Tattha ekadā bhagavā nāgasamālattherena saddhiṃ addhānamaggapaṭipanno dvedhāpathaṃ patto. Thero maggā okkamma – ‘‘bhagavā, ahaṃ iminā maggena gacchāmī’’ti āha. Atha naṃ bhagavā – ‘‘ehi bhikkhu, iminā maggena gacchāmā’’ti āha. So – ‘‘handa, bhagavā, tumhākaṃ pattacīvaraṃ gaṇhatha, ahaṃ iminā maggena gacchāmī’’ti vatvā pattacīvaraṃ chamāyaṃ ṭhapetuṃ āraddho. Atha naṃ bhagavā – ‘‘āhara, bhikkhū’’ti vatvā pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā gato. Tassapi bhikkhuno itarena maggena gacchato corā pattacīvarañceva hariṃsu, sīsañca bhindiṃsu. So – ‘‘bhagavā idāni me paṭisaraṇaṃ, na añño’’ti cintetvā lohitena gaḷitena bhagavato santikaṃ agamāsi. ‘‘Kimidaṃ bhikkhū’’ti ca vutte taṃ pavattiṃ ārocesi. Atha naṃ bhagavā – ‘‘mā cintayi, bhikkhu, etaṃyeva te kāraṇaṃ sallakkhetvā nivārayimhā’’ti vatvā naṃ samassāsesi.
又有一次,世尊与弥希亚长老一起前往东竹鹿野苑附近的詹都村。在那里,弥希亚在詹都村托钵之后,在河岸见到一座可爱的芒果园,便说:“世尊,您拿好您的衣钵,我想到那芒果园中修行沙门法。”虽然世尊再三劝阻,他仍然去了,结果被不善的念头所困扰、所纠缠。回来后他禀报了这件事。世尊也说:“正是看到会发生这种情况,我们才劝阻你。”随后,世尊次第来到了舍卫城。在那里,于香室庭园的殊胜佛座上坐下,被比丘僧团围绕,世尊对比丘们说:“各位比丘,如今我已经老了。有些比丘当我指定‘走这条路’时,却走另一条路;有些比丘把我的衣钵丢在一边。请你们推选一位比丘做我的常侍者。”比丘们听了心生法悚惧。这时,舍利弗尊者从座而起,礼敬世尊后说:“世尊,我正是为渴仰您,在十万劫又无量的时间中圆满波罗蜜,像我这样的大智慧者应该适合做侍者,请让我来侍奉。”世尊谢绝道:“够了,舍利弗。你所住的方向,对我来说就是不曾空过的方向。你的教诫与诸佛的教诫相似,我不需要你来做侍者的事。”以同样的方式,以大目犍连为首,八十位大弟子都站了起来。世尊全都谢绝了。显示巴利原文
Ekadā pana bhagavā meghiyattherena saddhiṃ pācīnavaṃsamigadāye jantugāmaṃ agamāsi. Tatrāpi meghiyo jantugāme piṇḍāya caritvā nadītīre pāsādikaṃ ambavanaṃ disvā – ‘‘bhagavā, tumhākaṃ pattacīvaraṃ gaṇhatha, ahaṃ tasmiṃ ambavane samaṇadhammaṃ karomī’’ti vatvā bhagavatā tikkhattuṃ nivāriyamānopi gantvā akusalavitakkehi upadduto anvāsatto (a. ni. 9.3; udāna paricchedo 31 daṭṭhabbo). Paccāgantvā taṃ pavattiṃ ārocesi. Tampi bhagavā – ‘‘idameva te kāraṇaṃ sallakkhetvā nivārayimhā’’ti vatvā anupubbena sāvatthiṃ agamāsi. Tattha gandhakuṭipariveṇe paññattavarabuddhāsane nisinno bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘bhikkhave, idānimhi mahallako, ‘ekacce bhikkhū iminā maggena gacchāmā’ti vutte aññena gacchanti, ekacce mayhaṃ pattacīvaraṃ nikkhipanti, mayhaṃ nibaddhupaṭṭhākaṃ ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ jānāthā’’ti. Bhikkhūnaṃ dhammasaṃvego udapādi. Athāyasmā sāriputto uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ vanditvā – ‘‘ahaṃ , bhante, tumheyeva patthayamāno satasahassakappādhikaṃ asaṅkhyeyyaṃ pāramiyo pūrayiṃ, nanu mādiso mahāpañño upaṭṭhāko nāma vaṭṭati, ahaṃ upaṭṭhahissāmī’’ti āha. Taṃ bhagavā – ‘‘alaṃ sāriputta, yassaṃ disāyaṃ tvaṃ viharasi, asuññāyeva me sā disā, tava ovādo buddhānaṃ ovādasadiso, na me tayā upaṭṭhākakiccaṃ atthī’’ti paṭikkhipi. Etenevupāyena mahāmoggallānaṃ ādiṃ katvā asītimahāsāvakā uṭṭhahiṃsu. Te sabbepi bhagavā paṭikkhipi.
然而,阿难长老只是默然坐着。于是比丘们对他说:“贤友阿难,比丘僧团正请求侍者之位,你也应当请求。”他说:“贤友,求来的侍者一职,成何体统?难道导师看不见我吗?世尊若有意,自会说:‘让阿难来侍奉我。’”于是世尊说道:“诸比丘,阿难不需他人督促,他自己知道时机,便会来侍奉我。”其后比丘们说:“贤友阿难,起来吧!贤友阿难,起来吧!请向十力世尊请求侍者之位。”长老便从座而起,求取了四项拒绝与四项邀请,共八项恩惠。显示巴利原文
Ānandatthero pana tuṇhīyeva nisīdi. Atha naṃ bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘āvuso, ānanda, bhikkhusaṅgho upaṭṭhākaṭṭhānaṃ yācati, tvampi yācāhī’’ti. So āha – ‘‘yācitvā laddhupaṭṭhānaṃ nāma āvuso kīdisaṃ hoti, kiṃ maṃ satthā na passati, sace rocissati, ānando maṃ upaṭṭhātūti vakkhatī’’ti. Atha bhagavā – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, ānando aññena ussāhetabbo, sayameva jānitvā maṃ upaṭṭhahissatī’’ti āha. Tato bhikkhū – ‘‘uṭṭhehi, āvuso ānanda, uṭṭhehi āvuso ānanda, dasabalaṃ upaṭṭhākaṭṭhānaṃ yācāhī’’ti āhaṃsu. Thero uṭṭhahitvā cattāro paṭikkhepe, catasso ca āyācanāti aṭṭha vare yāci.
所谓的“四项拒绝”,是他如此求取:“尊者,若世尊不将您自己所得的殊胜袈裟赐予我,不将您自己所得的团食分予我,不让我与您同住一间香室,不让我跟随您接受邀请——若能如此,我便侍奉世尊。”当被问道:“阿难,你从中看到什么过患?”他回答说:“世尊,若我得到这些,就会有人指责说:‘阿难享用十力世尊所得的殊胜袈裟、团食,与世尊同住一间香室,一同受邀,他不过是贪图这些好处才来侍奉如来。天下哪有这样侍奉人的?岂不是负担?’”他所求取的便是这四项拒绝。显示巴利原文
Cattāro paṭikkhepā nāma – ‘‘sace me, bhante, bhagavā attanā laddhaṃ paṇītaṃ cīvaraṃ na dassati, piṇḍapātaṃ na dassati, ekagandhakuṭiyaṃ vasituṃ na dassati, nimantanaṃ gahetvā na gamissati, evāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ upaṭṭhahissāmī’’ti vatvā – ‘‘kiṃ panettha, ānanda, ādīnavaṃ passasī’’ti vutte – ‘‘sacāhaṃ, bhante, imāni vatthūni labhissāmi, bhavissanti vattāro – ‘ānando dasabalena laddhaṃ paṇītaṃ cīvaraṃ paribhuñjati, piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjati, ekagandhakuṭiyaṃ vasati, ekato nimantanaṃ gacchati, etaṃ lābhaṃ labhanto tathāgataṃ upaṭṭhāti, ko evaṃ upaṭṭhahato bhāro’ti’’ ime cattāro paṭikkhepe yāci.
所谓的“四种邀请”,指的是:阿难这样求取——‘尊者,若世尊愿意接受我的安排前往邀请;若我能让那些从远方、异地前来拜见世尊的大众,在抵达之时便能立刻得见世尊;若我心中生起疑惑时,当下便能前往世尊面前请问;若世尊不在我面前所开示的法,回来后能再为我重讲一遍——若能如此,我便侍奉世尊。’说完后,世尊问他:‘阿难,你在此中看到什么利益呢?’阿难回答:‘尊者,在这里,有些具足信心的善男子因无机会亲见世尊,便这样对我说:“阿难尊者,明日请您与世尊一同来我家接受供养。”尊者,若世尊不前往该处,我便无法在众人希望见佛时立即安排他们见佛,也无法帮助他们消除疑惑。届时便会有人说:“阿难侍奉十力世尊,世尊却连这点协助都不肯给他。”再者,若有人背着世尊来问我:“贤友阿难,这首偈颂、这部经、这篇本生,是在何处宣说的?”若我无法回答,就会有人非议:“朋友,连这都不知道,你怎能像影子一般,长年累月追随世尊四处游化呢?”因此,我想恳请世尊,将不在我面前宣说的法,再重新为我宣说一遍。’阿难便如此求取了这四项邀请。显示巴利原文
Catasso āyācanā nāma – ‘‘sace, bhante, bhagavā mayā gahitanimantanaṃ gamissati, sacāhaṃ tiroraṭṭhā tirojanapadā bhagavantaṃ daṭṭhuṃ āgataṃ parisaṃ āgatakkhaṇe eva bhagavantaṃ dassetuṃ lacchāmi, yadā me kaṅkhā uppajjati, tasmiṃyeva khaṇe bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamituṃ lacchāmi, yaṃ bhagavā mayhaṃ parammukhā dhammaṃ deseti, taṃ āgantvā mayhaṃ kathessati, evāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ upaṭṭhahissāmī’’ti vatvā – ‘‘kaṃ panettha, ānanda, ānisaṃsaṃ passasī’’ti vutte – ‘‘idha, bhante, saddhā kulaputtā bhagavato okāsaṃ alabhantā maṃ evaṃ vadanti – ‘sve, bhante ānanda, bhagavatā saddhiṃ amhākaṃ ghare bhikkhaṃ gaṇheyyāthā’ti, sace bhante bhagavā tattha na gamissati, icchitakkhaṇeyeva parisaṃ dassetuṃ, kaṅkhañca vinodetuṃ okāsaṃ na lacchāmi, bhavissanti vattāro – ‘kiṃ ānando dasabalaṃ upaṭṭhāti, ettakampissa anuggahaṃ bhagavā na karotī’ti. Bhagavato ca parammukhā maṃ pucchissanti – ‘ayaṃ, āvuso ānanda, gāthā, idaṃ suttaṃ, idaṃ jātakaṃ, kattha desita’nti. Sacāhaṃ taṃ na sampādayissāmi, bhavissanti vattāro – ‘ettakampi, āvuso, na jānāsi, kasmā tvaṃ chāyā viya bhagavantaṃ avijahanto dīgharattaṃ vicarasī’ti. Tenāhaṃ parammukhā desitassapi dhammassa puna kathanaṃ icchāmī’’ti imā catasso āyācanā yāci. Bhagavāpissa adāsi.
就这样,获得这八种恩惠后,他成为了常随侍者。正是为了得到这一常随侍者的地位,他过去在十万劫中圆满的种种波罗蜜才感得了如今这果报。世尊正是针对他这常随侍者的身份而说:“诸比丘!我如今的阿难比丘,是侍者,更是最上的侍者。”这一篇名为“侍者的判定”。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ ime aṭṭha vare gahetvā nibaddhupaṭṭhāko ahosi. Tasseva ṭhānantarassatthāya kappasatasahassaṃ pūritānaṃ pāramīnaṃ phalaṃ pāpuṇīti imassa nibaddhupaṭṭhākabhāvaṃ sandhāya – ‘‘mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etarahi ānando bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko aggupaṭṭhāko’’ti āha. Ayaṃ upaṭṭhākaparicchedo nāma.
12 父系品的内容,意义明了。显示巴利原文
12. Pitiparicchedo uttānatthoyeva.
“世尊进入精舍”:世尊为何进入精舍?据说,世尊讲述这些之后,心中思惟:“我尚未将七位佛的谱系不间断地从头到尾讲完。今日我且先入精舍,让这些比丘们以宿住智为话题,更为热烈地讨论赞叹。待我出定后,再将佛陀谱系连贯无间地从头至尾开示。”于是,世尊为了给比丘们创造谈话的因缘,便从座而起,进入精舍。显示巴利原文
Vihāraṃ pāvisīti kasmā vihāraṃ pāvisi? Bhagavā kira ettakaṃ kathetvā cintesi – ‘‘na tāva mayā sattannaṃ buddhānaṃ vaṃso nirantaraṃ matthakaṃ pāpetvā kathito, ajja mayi pana vihāraṃ paviṭṭhe ime bhikkhū bhiyyoso mattāya pubbenivāsañāṇaṃ ārabbha vaṇṇaṃ kathayissanti. Athāhaṃ āgantvā nirantaraṃ buddhavaṃsaṃ kathetvā matthakaṃ pāpetvā dassāmī’’ti bhikkhūnaṃ kathāvārassa okāsaṃ datvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṃ pāvisi.
世尊所说的这一传承中,涵盖了劫的区分、生的区分、姓氏的区分、寿命的区分、菩提的区分、声闻双贤的区分、声闻集会的区分、侍者的区分、父系的区分,这九项已出现;而「众多区分」这一项尚未出现,需要引述并加以说明。显示巴利原文
Yañcetaṃ bhagavā tantiṃ kathesi, tattha kappaparicchedo, jātiparicchedo, gottaparicchedo, āyuparicchedo, bodhiparicchedo, sāvakayugaparicchedo, sāvakasannipātaparicchedo, upaṭṭhākaparicchedo, pitiparicchedoti navime vārā āgatā, sambahulavāro anāgato, ānetvā pana dīpetabbo.
【众多品类的讲说注释】显示巴利原文
Sambahulavārakathāvaṇṇanā
所有菩萨皆是生下合乎家族传承的儿子之后,才离家出家,这是他们的传统与惯例。为何如此?因为一切智菩萨自入母胎起,便有前述种种神变显现。倘若那时他的出生城市、父亲、母亲、妻子、儿子皆未显现,世人便会想:「此人既无出生城市,也无父亲、妻子、儿子,想必是天人、帝释天、魔罗或梵天吧?然而对天人而言,显现这等神变并不稀奇。」抱持此想者,便不会认为此事值得听闻信受。如此,便无人能因此证悟;若无证悟,佛陀出现于世便无利益,教法也失去导向解脱的意义。因此,一切菩萨皆于生下合乎家族传承的儿子之后,方离家出家,这便是他们的传统与惯例。所以,应依据儿子等项目,将「众多品类」引述说明。显示巴利原文
Sabbabodhisattānañhi ekasmiṃ kulavaṃsānurūpe putte jāte nikkhamitvā pabbajitabbanti ayameva vaṃso, ayaṃ paveṇī. Kasmā? Sabbaññubodhisattānañhi mātukucchiṃ okkamanato paṭṭhāya pubbe vuttappakārāni anekāni pāṭihāriyāni honti, tatra nesaṃ yadi neva jātanagaraṃ, na pitā, na mātā, na bhariyā, na putto paññāyeyya, ‘‘imassa neva jātanagaraṃ, na pitā, na bhariyā, na putto paññāyati, devo vā sakko vā māro vā brahmā vā esa maññe, devānañca īdisaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ anacchariya’’nti maññamāno jano neva sotabbaṃ, na saddhātabbaṃ maññeyya. Tato abhisamayo na bhaveyya, abhisamaye asati niratthakova buddhuppādo, aniyyānikaṃ sāsanaṃ hoti. Tasmā sabbabodhisattānaṃ – ‘‘ekasmiṃ kulavaṃsānurūpe putte jāte nikkhamitvā pabbajitabba’’nti ayameva vaṃso ayaṃ paveṇī. Tasmā puttādīnaṃ vasena sambahulavāro ānetvā dīpetabbo.
【众多品类的判定注释】显示巴利原文
Sambahulaparicchedavaṇṇanā
等有聚(Samavattakkhandho)、无比(Atulo),善觉(Suppabuddho)与最上(Uttaro);
商主(Satthavāho)、胜军(Vijitaseno),罗睺罗是第七位。
显示巴利原文 Samavattakkhandho atulo, suppabuddho ca uttaro; Satthavāho vijitaseno, rāhulo bhavati sattamoti.
这便是依次与七位菩萨相应的七个儿子,应如此了知。显示巴利原文
Ete tāva sattannampi bodhisattānaṃ anukkameneva satta puttā veditabbā.
当罗睺罗出生时,他们取来一片叶子,放在大士的手中。就在那一刻,对儿子的疼爱之情涌起,震动了他的全身。他思惟:“仅仅一个儿子降生,便有如此的爱著;据说我将有上千个儿子,若在每个降生时,这种爱的系缚都如此增长,便难以断除。‘障碍’已生,系缚已生。”就在当天,他舍弃王位出家了。这一道理适用于一切菩萨之子的降生。以上是关于儿子的章节。显示巴利原文
Tattha rāhulabhadde tāva jāte paṇṇaṃ āharitvā mahāpurisassa hatthe ṭhapayiṃsu. Athassa tāvadeva sakalasarīraṃ khobhetvā puttasineho aṭṭhāsi. So cintesi – ‘‘ekasmiṃ tāva jāte evarūpo puttasineho, parosahassaṃ kira me puttā bhavissanti, tesu ekekasmiṃ jāte idaṃ sinehabandhanaṃ evaṃ vaḍḍhantaṃ dubbhejjaṃ bhavissati, rāhu jāto, bandhanaṃ jāta’’nti āha. Taṃ divasameva ca rajjaṃ pahāya nikkhanto. Esa nayo sabbesaṃ puttuppattiyanti. Ayaṃ puttaparicchedo.
善听(Sutanā)、一切欲(Sabbakāmā),善心(Sucittā)与光耀(Rocinī);
光峰(Rucaggatī)、善喜(Sunandā),频婆(Bimbā)是第七位。
显示巴利原文 Sutanā sabbakāmā ca, sucittā atha rocinī; Rucaggatī sunandā ca, bimbā bhavati sattamāti.
这便是那七位菩萨儿子的母亲。频婆妃在罗睺罗王子出生后,便以“罗睺罗之母”闻名。以上是关于妻子的章节。显示巴利原文
Etā tesaṃ sattannampi puttānaṃ mātaro ahesuṃ. Bimbādevī pana rāhulakumāre jāte rāhulamātāti paññāyittha. Ayaṃ bhariyaparicchedo.
毗婆尸佛与拘留孙佛——这两位菩萨乘坐由良骏牵引的宝车,行了大出家。尸弃佛与拘那含佛——这两位则是乘着上等象背而出家。毗舍婆佛安坐于金轿中出家。至于迦叶佛,他先在高楼大殿中安坐,修成入出息念第四禅那,出定之后,便以此禅那为根基,发愿道:“愿此楼阁腾空而起,降落在菩提道场。”楼阁随即腾空,降落于菩提道场。大人从楼阁下到大地,站立之后心想:“愿楼阁回到原来的地方。”楼阁便回到原处。大人精进修行七日,然后坐到菩提座上,证得了一切知智。而我们的菩萨则是骑乘犍陟良马出家的。这是关于「交通工具」的章节。显示巴利原文
Vipassī kakusandhoti ime pana dve bodhisattā payuttaājaññarathamāruyha mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhamiṃsu. Sikhī koṇāgamanoti ime dve hatthikkhandhavaragatā hutvā nikkhamiṃsu. Vessabhū suvaṇṇasivikāya nisīditvā nikkhami. Kassapo uparipāsāde mahātale nisinnova ānāpānacatutthajjhānaṃ nibbattetvā jhānā uṭṭhāya taṃ jhānaṃ pādakaṃ katvā – ‘‘pāsādo uggantvā bodhimaṇḍe otaratū’’ti adhiṭṭhāsi. Pāsādo ākāsena gantvā bodhimaṇḍe otari. Mahāpurisopi tato otaritvā bhūmiyaṃ ṭhatvā – ‘‘pāsādo yathāṭhāneyeva patiṭṭhātū’’ti cintesi. So yathāṭhāne patiṭṭhāsi. Mahāpurisopi satta divasāni padhānamanuyuñjitvā bodhipallaṅke nisīditvā sabbaññutaṃ paṭivijjhi. Amhākaṃ pana bodhisatto kaṇṭakaṃ assavaramāruyha nikkhantoti. Ayaṃ yānaparicchedo.
毗婆尸世尊的精舍占地一由旬,尸弃佛的占地三俱卢舍,毗舍婆佛的占地半由旬,拘留孙佛的占地一俱卢舍,拘那含佛的占地半俱卢舍,迦叶佛的占地二十优沙婆。我们的世尊,按普通度量于十六迦梨舍之地、按王制度量于八迦梨舍之地建立了精舍。这是关于「精舍」的章节。显示巴利原文
Vipassissa pana bhagavato yojanappamāṇe padese vihāro patiṭṭhāsi, sikhissa tigāvute, vessabhussa aḍḍhayojane, kakusandhassa gāvute, koṇāgamanassa aḍḍhagāvute, kassapassa vīsatiusabhe. Amhākaṃ bhagavato pakatimānena soḷasakarīse, rājamānena aṭṭhakarīse padese vihāro patiṭṭhitoti. Ayaṃ vihāraparicchedo.
对于毗婆尸世尊,人们制作了长一宝、宽一拃、高八指的金砖,以金铺满地面,购得精舍地。对于尸弃佛,则以金杖碎片铺地购得。对于毗舍婆佛,制作金象足,以此铺地购得。对于拘留孙佛,同样以金砖铺地购得。对于拘那含佛,同样以金龟铺地购得。对于迦叶佛,唯以金肘尺铺地购得。对于我们的世尊,则以带有各种特征的金钱铺地购得。这是关于「购买精舍地所用钱财」的章节。显示巴利原文
Vipassissa pana bhagavato ekaratanāyāmā vidatthivitthārā aṭṭhaṅgulubbedhā suvaṇṇiṭṭhakā kāretvā cūḷaṃsena chādetvā vihāraṭṭhānaṃ kiṇiṃsu. Sikhissa suvaṇṇayaṭṭhiphālehi chādetvā kiṇiṃsu. Vessabhussa suvaṇṇahatthipādāni kāretvā tesaṃ cūḷaṃsena chādetvā kiṇiṃsu. Kakusandhassa vuttanayeneva suvaṇṇiṭṭhakāhi chādetvā kiṇiṃsu. Koṇāgamanassa vuttanayeneva suvaṇṇakacchapehi chādetvā kiṇiṃsu. Kassapassa suvaṇṇakaṭṭīhiyeva chādetvā kiṇiṃsu. Amhākaṃ bhagavato salakkhaṇānaṃ kahāpaṇānaṃ cūḷaṃsena chādetvā kiṇiṃsu. Ayaṃ vihārabhūmiggahaṇadhanaparicchedo.
其中,毗婆尸世尊的侍者名为富那婆薮,尸弃佛的侍者名为西利瓦达,毗舍婆佛的侍者名为安稳,拘留孙佛的侍者名为不动,拘那含佛的侍者名为英勇,迦叶佛的侍者名为善意,我们的世尊的侍者名为须达多。这些人皆为大富长者、居士。这是关于「侍者」的章节。显示巴利原文
Tattha vipassissa bhagavato tathā bhūmiṃ kiṇitvā vihāraṃ katvā dinnupaṭṭhāko punabbasumitto nāma ahosi, sikhissa sirivaḍḍhano nāma, vessabhussa sotthiyo nāma, kakusandhassa accuto nāma, koṇāgamanassa uggo nāma, kassapassa sumano nāma, amhākaṃ bhagavato sudatto nāma. Sabbe cete gahapatimahāsālā seṭṭhino ahesunti. Ayaṃ upaṭṭhākaparicchedo nāma.
另有四种「不弃舍之处」。一切诸佛的菩提座确实未尝舍弃,始终在同一处。初转法轮处——仙人堕处的鹿野苑,亦未尝舍弃。从三十三天下时的桑迦沙城门第一足印处,亦未尝舍弃。祇园精舍香室中四床脚所在处,亦未尝舍弃。然而,精舍虽可大可小,精舍的位置仍不弃舍;城市的位置则会改变。当城市在东方时,精舍即在西方;城市在南方时,精舍即在北方;城市在西方时,精舍即在东方;城市在北方时,精舍即在南方。现在,城市在北方,精舍在南方。显示巴利原文
Aparāni cattāri avijahitaṭṭhānāni nāma honti. Sabbabuddhānañhi bodhipallaṅko avijahito, ekasmiṃyeva ṭhāne hoti. Dhammacakkappavattanaṃ isipatane migadāye avijahitameva hoti. Devorohanakāle saṅkassanagaradvāre paṭhamapadagaṇṭhikā avijahitāva hoti. Jetavane gandhakuṭiyā cattāri mañcapādaṭṭhānāni avijahitāneva honti. Vihāro pana khuddakopi mahantopi hoti, vihāropi na vijahitoyeva, nagaraṃ pana vijahati. Yadā nagaraṃ pācīnato hoti, tadā vihāro pacchimato; yadā nagaraṃ dakkhiṇato, tadā vihāro uttarato. Yadā nagaraṃ pacchimato, tadā vihāro pācīnato; yadā nagaraṃ uttarato, tadā vihāro dakkhiṇato. Idāni pana nagaraṃ uttarato, vihāro dakkhiṇato.
一切诸佛之间有五种差异:寿量差异、身量差异、族姓差异、精进差异与身光差异。‘寿量差异’是指有些佛寿命长,有些寿命短。如燃灯佛的寿命为十万岁,而我们的世尊寿命为百岁。显示巴利原文
Sabbabuddhānañca āyuvemattaṃ, pamāṇavemattaṃ, kulavemattaṃ, padhānavemattaṃ, rasmivemattanti pañca vemattāni honti. Āyuvemattaṃ nāma keci dīghāyukā honti, keci appāyukā. Tathā hi dīpaṅkarassa vassasatasahassaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ ahosi, amhākaṃ bhagavato vassasataṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ.
‘身量差异’是指有些佛身材高大,有些则矮小。如燃灯佛高八十肘,须摩那佛高九十肘,我们的世尊高十八肘。显示巴利原文
Pamāṇavemattaṃ nāma keci dīghā honti keci rassā. Tathā hi dīpaṅkaro asītihattho ahosi, sumano navutihattho, amhākaṃ bhagavā aṭṭhārasahattho.
‘族姓差异’是指有些佛生于刹帝利族,有些生于婆罗门族。‘精进差异’是指有些佛的精进只是短暂的一段时间,如迦叶世尊;有些则长久,如我们的世尊。显示巴利原文
Kulavemattaṃ nāma keci khattiyakule nibbattanti, keci brāhmaṇakule. Padhānavemattaṃ nāma kesañci padhānaṃ ittarakālameva hoti, yathā kassapassa bhagavato. Kesañci addhaniyaṃ, yathā amhākaṃ bhagavato.
关于“身光差异”:吉祥世尊的身光,能遍照一万个世界;而我们世尊的身光,则常遍照一寻之范围。其中的身光差异,系于意愿——他想照多远,身光便遍照多远。而吉祥世尊的意愿,则是“愿我的身光恒时遍照一万个世界”。然而,在通达的功德上,诸佛之间并无任何差异。显示巴利原文
Rasmivemattaṃ nāma maṅgalassa bhagavato sarīrarasmi dasasahassilokadhātuppamāṇā ahosi. Amhākaṃ bhagavato samantā byāmamattā . Tatra rasmivemattaṃ ajjhāsayappaṭibaddhaṃ, yo yattakaṃ icchati, tassa tattakaṃ sarīrappabhā pharati. Maṅgalassa pana niccampi dasasahassilokadhātuṃ pharatūti ajjhāsayo ahosi. Paṭividdhaguṇesu pana kassaci vemattaṃ nāma natthi.
此外,唯独对我们世尊,才说明了“同生分际”与“星宿分际”。据说,与一切知菩萨同时生的,有如下七种:罗睺罗母、阿难长老、阐陀、犍陟马、宝瓶、大菩提树,以及黑游行者,这便是七种“同生”。这位大丈夫,于郁陀罗萨他星宿月入母胎、大出离、转法轮、显现双神变;于毗舍佉星宿月诞生、成正觉、入般涅槃;于摩伽星宿月有弟子大集会并舍寿行;于阿须瑜尼星宿月从天宫下降人间。这些都应加以引用说明。此便称为“众多分际”。显示巴利原文
Aparaṃ amhākaṃyeva bhagavato sahajātaparicchedañca nakkhattaparicchedañca dīpesuṃ. Sabbaññubodhisattena kira saddhiṃ rāhulamātā, ānandatthero, channo, kaṇṭako, nidhikumbho, mahābodhi, kāḷudāyīti imāni satta sahajātāni. Mahāpuriso ca uttarāsāḷhanakkhatteneva mātukucchiṃ okkami, mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhami, dhammacakkaṃ pavattesi, yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ akāsi. Visākhānakkhattena jāto ca abhisambuddho ca parinibbuto ca. Māghanakkhattenassa sāvakasannipāto ca ahosi, āyusaṅkhārossajjanañca, assayujanakkhattena devorohananti ettakaṃ āharitvā dīpetabbaṃ. Ayaṃ sambahulaparicchedo nāma.
13 此时,在“于是,那些比丘……”等句中,那些比丘心想:“贤友们,所谓宿住随念的行相,乃是从死时开始,向结生追溯。然而,若从结生开始,令智反向追溯至死,那便极为沉重了。世尊所说,犹如在空中示现足迹一般。”他们生起极大惊奇,说出“真是稀有啊,贤友们!”等语后,为进一步指出其中的深妙之处,又说:“因为,如来确实……”等。其中,“因为,像这样”是表惊奇的语气词,意思是“如来竟然能……”。“已断戏论”中,所谓戏论,是指渴爱、慢、见这三种烦恼。“已断轮转”中,轮转是指善与不善的业轮转。“已尽轮转”是其同义语,意思是已耗尽一切业轮转。“已超越一切苦”,意思是超越了所有称为异熟轮转之苦。“将忆念”是依“yatra”这个语气词而用的未来式,但此处意义应依过去式来理解。因为世尊是忆念了那些佛陀,并非现在才将忆念。“如是戒”,即依道戒、果戒、世间与出世间戒而成为具足如此戒者。“如是法”,此处指定方面的法,即依道定、果定、世间与出世间定而成为具足如此定者。“如是慧”,同样依道慧等而成为具足如此慧者。显示巴利原文
13. Idāni atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnantiādīsu te bhikkhū – ‘‘āvuso, pubbenivāsassa nāma ayaṃ gati, yadidaṃ cutito paṭṭhāya paṭisandhiārohanaṃ. Yaṃ pana idaṃ paṭisandhito paṭṭhāya pacchāmukhaṃ ñāṇaṃ pesetvā cuti gantabbaṃ, idaṃ atigarukaṃ. Ākāse padaṃ dassento viya bhagavā kathesī’’ti ativimhayajātā hutvā – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, āvuso,’’tiādīni vatvā puna aparampi kāraṇaṃ dassento – ‘‘yatra hi nāma tathāgato’’tiādimāhaṃsu . Tattha yatra hi nāmāti acchariyatthe nipāto, yo nāma tathāgatoti attho. Chinnapapañceti ettha papañcā nāma taṇhā māno diṭṭhīti ime tayo kilesā. Chinnavaṭumeti ettha vaṭumanti kusalākusalakammavaṭṭaṃ vuccati. Pariyādinnavaṭṭeti tasseva vevacanaṃ, pariyādinnasabbakammavaṭṭeti attho. Sabbadukkhavītivatteti sabbaṃ vipākavaṭṭasaṅkhātaṃ dukkhaṃ vītivatte . Anussarissatīti idaṃ yatrāti nipātavasena anāgatavacanaṃ, attho panettha atītavasena veditabbo. Bhagavā hi te buddhe anussari, na idāni anussarissati. Evaṃsīlāti maggasīlena phalasīlena lokiyalokuttarasīlena evaṃsīlā. Evaṃdhammāti ettha samādhipakkhā dhammā adhippetā, maggasamādhinā phalasamādhinā lokiyalokuttarasamādhinā, evaṃsamādhayoti attho. Evaṃpaññāti maggapaññādivaseneva evaṃpaññā. Evaṃvihārīti ettha pana heṭṭhā samādhipakkhānaṃ dhammānaṃ gahitattā vihāro gahitova puna kasmā gahitameva gaṇhātīti ce; na idaṃ gahitameva, idañhi nirodhasamāpattidīpanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Tasmā evaṃ nirodhasamāpattivihārī te bhagavanto ahesunti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo.
“如是解脱”:此处,解脱有五种:镇伏解脱、彼分解脱、正断解脱、止息解脱、出离解脱。其中,八等至因以自身镇伏了诸盖等而获得解脱,故称镇伏解脱。无常随观等七种随观,因以各自的对治分而舍弃常想等,从而解脱,故称彼分解脱。四圣道因以自身正断诸烦恼而解脱,故称正断解脱。四种沙门果,因在道力作用下,于烦恼止息之际生起,故称止息解脱。涅槃因出离一切烦恼、远离一切烦恼、安住于远方,故称出离解脱。依此五种解脱,应知此处“如是解脱”的意义。显示巴利原文
Evaṃvimuttāti ettha vikkhambhanavimutti, tadaṅgavimutti, samucchedavimutti, paṭippassaddhivimutti, nissaraṇavimuttīti pañcavidhā vimutti. Tattha aṭṭha samāpattiyo sayaṃ vikkhambhitehi nīvaraṇādīhi vimuttattā vikkhambhanavimuttīti saṅkhyaṃ gacchanti. Aniccānupassanādikā sattānupassanā sayaṃ tassa tassa paccanīkaṅgavasena pariccattāhi niccasaññādīhi vimuttattā tadaṅgavimuttīti saṅkhyaṃ gacchanti. Cattāro ariyamaggā sayaṃ samucchinnehi kilesehi vimuttattā samucchedavimuttīti saṅkhyaṃ gacchanti. Cattāri sāmaññaphalāni maggānubhāvena kilesānaṃ paṭippassaddhante uppannattā paṭippassaddhivimuttīti saṅkhyaṃ gacchanti. Nibbānaṃ sabbakilesehi nissaṭattā apagatattā dūre ṭhitattā nissaraṇavimuttīti saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Iti imāsaṃ pañcannaṃ vimuttīnaṃ vasena – ‘‘evaṃ vimuttā’’ti ettha attho daṭṭhabbo.
14 从宴坐而起,指从独一的状态中出来。显示巴利原文
14.Paṭisallānā vuṭṭhitoti ekībhāvā vuṭṭhito.
16 “比丘们!这是如来的法界,已被善巧通达……”等句,有何关联?该经确实是由“比丘们!这正是如来的法界,已被善巧通达”与“诸天也向如来报告此事”这两句连结而成。其中,诸天报告句将在经的末尾说明天人游行的喧闹时再作解释。而此开示,则是依“法界句”的关联而发起。其中,“刹帝利因出身……”等十一句,应按照因缘品中已述的方法来理解。显示巴利原文
16.‘‘Ito so, bhikkhave’’ti ko anusandhi? Idañhi suttaṃ – ‘‘tathāgatassevesā, bhikkhave, dhammadhātu suppaṭividdhā’’ti ca ‘‘devatāpi tathāgatassa etamatthaṃ ārocesu’’nti ca imehi dvīhi padehi ābaddhaṃ. Tattha devatārocanapadaṃ suttantapariyosāne devacārikakolāhalaṃ dassento vicāressati . Dhammadhātupadānusandhivasena pana ayaṃ desanā āraddhā. Tattha khattiyo jātiyātiādīni ekādasapadāni nidānakaṇḍe vuttanayeneva veditabbāni.
菩萨法性注释显示巴利原文
Bodhisattadhammatāvaṇṇanā
17 关于“那时,诸比丘,毘婆尸菩萨……”这些语句:“毘婆尸”是他的名字,此名乃因他善巧于观察种种义理而得。“菩萨”意为有慧之有情、将觉悟之有情;或指心系着、执取于名为“菩提”的四道者,故称菩萨。“具念、正知”:此处“念”即念,“正知”即智。意思是善巧地建立起念,以智决断后,入于母胎。经中用“入”字显示入胎时的状态,并非入胎的顺序。不过,这种顺序已记载于注释书中,因此应当这样了知。显示巴利原文
17.Athakho, bhikkhave, vipassī bodhisattotiādīsu pana vipassīti tassa nāmaṃ, tañca kho vividhe atthe passanakusalatāya laddhaṃ. Bodhisattoti paṇḍitasatto bujjhanakasatto. Bodhisaṅkhātesu vā catūsu maggesu satto āsatto laggamānasoti bodhisatto. Sato sampajānoti ettha satoti satiyeva. Sampajānoti ñāṇaṃ. Satiṃ sūpaṭṭhitaṃ katvā ñāṇena paricchinditvā mātukucchiṃ okkamīti attho. Okkamīti iminā cassa okkantabhāvo pāḷiyaṃ dassito, na okkamanakkamo. So pana yasmā aṭṭhakathaṃ ārūḷho, tasmā evaṃ veditabbo –
一切菩萨圆满三十波罗蜜、舍弃五种大布施,达到利己行、利世间行、佛行之极致后,安住于如同毘山多罗的第三生中,施与七次大布施,震动大地七次;命终之后,于第二心刹那投生于兜率天宫。毘婆尸菩萨也是如此修行,生于兜率天宫,并在那里住了五十七亿六百万年。然而,有时生于长寿天界的菩萨并不尽寿而住。为什么呢?因为在那里难以圆满波罗蜜。他们决意舍寿后,只投生人间。然而,在波罗蜜圆满时,犹如现今的菩萨能以一生成就一切知智,由于诸波罗蜜已完全圆满,那时的毘婆尸菩萨便在那里尽寿而住。显示巴利原文
Sabbabodhisattā hi samatiṃsa pāramiyo pūretvā, pañca mahāpariccāge pariccajitvā, ñātatthacariyalokatthacariyabuddhacariyānaṃ koṭiṃ patvā, vessantarasadise tatiye attabhāve ṭhatvā, satta mahādānāni datvā, sattakkhattuṃ pathaviṃ kampetvā, kālaṅkatvā, dutiyacittavāre tusitabhavane nibbattanti. Vipassī bodhisattopi tatheva katvā tusitapure nibbattitvā saṭṭhisatasahassādhikā sattapaññāsa vassakoṭiyo tattha aṭṭhāsi. Aññadā pana dīghāyukadevaloke nibbattā bodhisattā na yāvatāyukaṃ tiṭṭhanti. Kasmā? Tattha pāramīnaṃ duppūraṇīyattā. Te adhimuttikālakiriyaṃ katvā manussapatheyeva nibbattanti. Pāramīnaṃ pūrento pana yathā idāni ekena attabhāvena sabbaññutaṃ upanetuṃ sakkonti, evaṃ sabbaso pūritattā tadā vipassī bodhisatto tattha yāvatāyukaṃ aṭṭhāsi.
天人则会生起五种前兆,预示“依人类的计算,七日后便将死去”:花饰枯萎,衣服变脏,腋下出汗,身体显出丑陋之色,天神于自己的座位上坐立不安。其中,“花饰”是指他投生那天所佩戴的装饰花;据说这些花经过五十七亿六百万年都未曾枯萎,此时却枯萎了。衣服也是如此。在这段漫长的时间里,天人们既不感到冷也不感到热,但此时身体会一滴滴地出汗。在这么长的时间里,他们的身体不显现白发、秃顶等变丑的特征,天女看上去如同十六岁的少女,天子看上去如同二十岁的青年;然而临死之际,他们的自体却显出疲惫之态。同样,在这漫长的时间里,他们在天界未曾感到厌倦,临死时却叹息、打哈欠,于自己的座位上不再感到快乐。显示巴利原文
Devatānaṃ pana – ‘‘manussānaṃ gaṇanāvasena idāni sattahi divasehi cuti bhavissatī’’ti pañca pubbanimittāni uppajjanti – mālā milāyanti, vatthāni kilissanti, kacchehi sedā muccanti, kāye dubbaṇṇiyaṃ okkamati, devo devāsane na saṇṭhāti. Tattha mālāti paṭisandhiggahaṇadivase piḷandhanamālā , tā kira saṭṭhisatasahassādhikā sattapaṇṇāsa vassakoṭiyo amilāyitvā tadā milāyanti. Vatthesupi eseva nayo. Ettakaṃ pana kālaṃ devānaṃ neva sītaṃ na uṇhaṃ hoti, tasmiṃ kāle sarīrā bindubinduvasena sedā muccanti. Ettakañca kālaṃ tesaṃ sarīre khaṇḍiccapāliccādivasena vivaṇṇatā na paññāyati, devadhītā soḷasavassuddesikā viya khāyanti, devaputtā vīsativassuddesikā viya khāyanti, maraṇakāle pana tesaṃ kilantarūpo attabhāvo hoti. Ettakañca tesaṃ kālaṃ devaloke ukkaṇṭhitā nāma natthi, maraṇakāle pana nissasanti vijambhanti, sake āsane nābhiramanti.
然而,这些前兆,犹如世间只有具大福德的国王、大臣等,才会出现流星坠落、地震、月食等征兆,并非人人皆有;同样,这些征兆也只显现于有大威力的天神,并非所有天神都能见到。又如人间只有占星师等才能知晓这些前兆,并非人人皆知;这些征兆也并非所有天神都能了知,唯具有智慧的天神才能知晓。其中,那些因微薄善业而投生的天子,当这些征兆生起时便会恐惧,心想:“如今谁能知道我将投生何处呢?”而那些具大福德的天神则不会恐惧,他们心想:“我们依凭所施的布施、所受持的戒、所修习的禅修,必将去享受上界诸天的成就。”毗婆尸菩萨见到这些前兆后亦不恐惧,心想:“于紧接着的来世,我将成为佛陀。”于是,当这些征兆显现之时,一万个轮围世界的天神聚集一处,恳请道:“贤者,您在圆满十波罗蜜时,并非为了谋求帝释天的成就、魔王的成就、梵天的成就或转轮王的成就而修习,而是为了救度世间、渴望证得佛果而修习。现在,正是贤者成佛的时候了;现在,正是贤者成佛的适当时机了。”显示巴利原文
Imāni pana pubbanimittāni yathā loke mahāpuññānaṃ rājarājamahāmattādīnaṃyeva ukkāpātabhūmicālacandaggāhādīni nimittāni paññāyanti, na sabbesaṃ; evaṃ mahesakkhadevatānaṃyeva paññāyanti, na sabbesaṃ. Yathā ca manussesu pubbanimittāni nakkhattapāṭhakādayova jānanti, na sabbe; evaṃ tānipi na sabbadevatā jānanti, paṇḍitā eva pana jānanti. Tattha ye mandena kusalakammena nibbattā devaputtā, te tesu uppannesu – ‘‘idāni ko jānāti, ‘kuhiṃ nibbattessāmā’ti’’ bhāyanti. Ye mahāpuññā, te ‘‘amhehi dinnaṃ dānaṃ, rakkhitaṃ sīlaṃ, bhāvitaṃ bhāvanaṃ āgamma upari devalokesu sampattiṃ anubhavissāmā’’ti na bhāyanti. Vipassī bodhisattopi tāni pubbanimittāni disvā ‘‘idāni anantare attabhāve buddho bhavissāmī’’ti na bhāyati. Athassa tesu nimittesu pātubhūtesu dasasahassacakkavāḷadevatā sannipatitvā – ‘‘mārisa, tumhehi dasa pāramiyo pūrentehi na sakkasampattiṃ, na mārasampattiṃ, na brahmasampattiṃ, na cakkavattisampattiṃ patthentehi pūritā, lokanittharaṇatthāya pana buddhattaṃ patthayamānehi pūritā. So vo, idāni kālo, mārisa, buddhattāya, samayo, mārisa, buddhattāyā’’ti yācanti.
当时,大士并未立即答应那些天神的请求,而是依时间、洲岛、地点、家族、母亲与寿命这五项抉择,进行了所谓的“五种大观察”。其中,他首先观察时间:“现在是合适的时间,还是不合适的时间?”于此,当人类的寿命增长超过十万岁时,不名为合适的时间。为什么呢?因为那时众生的生、老、死现象并不明显,而诸佛说法无不包含三法印。当佛陀对他们开示“无常、苦、无我”时,那些众生会想:“究竟在讲些什么?”他们既不愿意听,也不愿意信。如此便不会有现观;没有现观,教法便不能导向出离。因此,那是不合适的时间。人类寿命低于百岁时,也不名为合适的时间。为什么呢?因为那时众生的烦恼极为炽盛。对于烦恼炽盛的众生,所给予的教诫无法安住于教诫应有的状态中,犹如水面上的划痕,转瞬即逝。因此,那也是不合适的时间。从十万岁递减,从百岁向上,这段寿命区间才称为合适的时间。而在那时,人类的寿命正好是八万岁。于是大士清楚了知:“这正是应当托生的时候。”由此观察到「时间」。显示巴利原文
Atha mahāsatto tāsaṃ devatānaṃ paṭiññaṃ adatvāva kāladīpadesakulajanettiāyuparicchedavasena pañcamahāvilokanaṃ nāma vilokesi. Tattha ‘‘kālo nu kho, na kālo’’ti paṭhamaṃ kālaṃ vilokesi. Tattha vassasatasahassato uddhaṃ vaḍḍhitaāyukālo kālo nāma na hoti. Kasmā? Tadā hi sattānaṃ jātijarāmaraṇāni na paññāyanti, buddhānañca dhammadesanā nāma tilakkhaṇamuttā natthi. Te tesaṃ – ‘‘aniccaṃ dukkhamanattā’’ti kathentānaṃ – ‘‘kiṃ nāmetaṃ kathentī’’ti neva sotuṃ, na saddahituṃ maññanti, tato abhisamayo na hoti, tasmiṃ asati aniyyānikaṃ sāsanaṃ hoti. Tasmā so akālo. Vassasatato ūnaāyukālopi kālo na hoti. Kasmā? Tadā hi sattā ussannakilesā honti, ussannakilesānañca dinno ovādo ovādaṭṭhāne na tiṭṭhati, udake daṇḍarāji viya khippaṃ vigacchati. Tasmā sopi akālova. Vassasatasahassato paṭṭhāya heṭṭhā, vassasatato paṭṭhāya uddhaṃ āyukālo kālo nāma, tadā ca asītivassasahassāyukā manussā. Atha mahāsatto – ‘‘nibbattitabbakālo’’ti kālaṃ passi.
此后,他观察洲岛。遍观连同附属小洲在内的四大洲后,他见到:“佛陀不在其余三洲出生,唯于「赡部洲」降生。”由此观察到「洲岛」。显示巴利原文
Tato dīpaṃ vilokento saparivāre cattāro dīpe oloketvā – ‘‘tīsu dīpesu buddhā na nibbattanti, jambudīpeyeva nibbattantī’’ti dīpaṃ passi.
接着,他心中思惟:“赡部洲地域辽阔,方圆一万由旬,诸佛究竟出生于哪一区域呢?”当他如此观察方位时,便见到了中央地区。所谓中央地区,即如律藏中所说:“东方有名为加江拉的市镇……”等等。该区域长三百由旬,宽二百五十由旬,周长九百由旬。正是在这区域内,会有诸佛、独觉、上首弟子、八十位大弟子、转轮王,以及其它具大威德的刹帝利、婆罗门和长者居士出生。而那时此处有座名为槃头摩帝的城市。他得出结论:“我便应投生于此。”显示巴利原文
Tato – ‘‘jambudīpo nāma mahā, dasayojanasahassaparimāṇo, katarasmiṃ nu kho padese buddhā nibbattantī’’ti desaṃ vilokento majjhimadesaṃ passi. Majjhimadeso nāma – ‘‘puratthimāya disāya gajaṅgalaṃ nāma nigamo’’tiādinā (mahāva. 259) nayena vinaye vuttova. So āyāmato tīṇi yojanasatāni, vitthārato aḍḍhateyyāni, parikkhepato navayojanasatānīti. Etasmiñhi padese buddhā paccekabuddhā aggasāvakā asīti mahāsāvakā cakkavattirājāno aññe ca mahesakkhā khattiyabrāhmaṇagahapatimahāsālā uppajjanti. Idañcettha bandhumatī nāma nagaraṃ, tattha mayā nibbattitabbanti niṭṭhaṃ agamāsi.
随后,他观察家族,见到:“诸佛唯出生于世间公认的家族。如今刹帝利族系为世间所公认,我将投生其中;一位名叫槃头摩的国王将成为我的父亲。”如此观察了家族。显示巴利原文
Tato kulaṃ vilokento – ‘‘buddhā nāma lokasammate kule nibbattanti. Idāni ca khattiyakulaṃ lokasammataṃ, tattha nibbattissāmi, bandhumā nāma me rājā pitā bhavissatī’’ti kulaṃ passi.
之后,他观察母亲,见:“佛母绝非轻浮、嗜酒的女人。她须于百千劫中圆满波罗蜜,从出生起即持守五戒,未尝违犯。而这位名叫槃头摩帝的王后正是如此之人,她将成为我的母亲。”接着,他思惟:“她的寿量还有多少?”便观察到“还有十个月零七天”。显示巴利原文
Tato mātaraṃ vilokento – ‘‘buddhamātā nāma lolā surādhuttā na hoti, kappasatasahassaṃ pūritapāramī, jātito paṭṭhāya akhaṇḍapañcasīlā hoti, ayañca bandhumatī nāma devī īdisā, ayaṃ me mātā bhavissati , ‘‘kittakaṃ panassā āyū’’ti āvajjanto ‘‘dasannaṃ māsānaṃ upari satta divasānī’’ti passi.
如此,作第五大观察之后,为摄受诸天,他允诺道:“诸贤,今正是我成佛之时。”并说:“你们去吧。”便遣散了那些天神。随后,他由兜率天众围绕,进入兜率天城的欢喜园。在一切天界中,皆有此欢喜园。在那里,天人们提醒他过去所造的善业,说道:“你从此处死没,将往生善趣。”他就在这些提示善业的天人围绕中,于彼处游走时死没了。显示巴利原文
Iti imaṃ pañcamahāvilokanaṃ viloketvā ‘‘kālo, me mārisā, buddhabhāvāyā’’ti devatānaṃ saṅgahaṃ karonto paṭiññaṃ datvā – ‘‘gacchatha, tumhe’’ti tā devatā uyyojetvā tusitadevatāhi parivuto tusitapure nandanavanaṃ pāvisi. Sabbadevalokesu hi nandanavanaṃ atthiyeva. Tatra naṃ devatā ito cuto sugatiṃ gacchāti pubbekatakusalakammokāsaṃ sārayamānā vicaranti. So evaṃ devatāhi kusalaṃ sārayamānāhi parivuto tattha vicarantoyeva cavi.
如此死没时,他明知“我死没了”,却不知死心。结生之后,他也明知“我结生了”,却不知结生心。然而他知道“我在这个地方结生了”。有些长老却说:“那种‘转向之理’是可以获得的,会在第二或第三心刹那才知道。”但三藏摩诃西瓦长老说:“大士们的结生与他人的结生不同,他们的念与正知已达顶点。但因不能用同一个心去了知那个心,所以不知死心。在死的刹那,他也明知‘我死没了’。不知结生心。他知道‘我在某处结生了’,那时一万世界震动。”如此,他具念正知进入母胎时,是在十九种结生心中,以与慈俱行、伴有喜、与智相应、无行善心相似的广大果报心而结生。然而摩诃西瓦长老说,是以与舍俱的心结生的。正如我们的世尊一般,他也是在阿沙陀月满月的鬼宿日结生。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ cuto ca ‘cavāmī’ti jānāti, cuticittaṃ na jānāti. Paṭisandhiṃ gahetvāpi jānāti, paṭisandhicittameva na jānāti. ‘‘Imasmiṃ me ṭhāne paṭisandhiṃ gahitā’’ti evaṃ pana jānāti. Keci pana therā – ‘‘āvajjanapariyāyo nāma laddhuṃ vaṭṭati, dutiyatatiyacittavāre eva jānissatī’’ti vadanti. Tipiṭakamahāsīvatthero pana āha – ‘‘mahāsattānaṃ paṭisandhi na aññesaṃ paṭisandhisadisā, koṭippattaṃ pana tesaṃ satisampajaññaṃ. Yasmā pana teneva cittena taṃ cittaṃ ñātuṃ na sakkā, tasmā cuticittaṃ na jānāti. Cutikkhaṇepi ‘cavāmī’ti jānāti. Paṭisandhicittaṃ na jānāti. ‘Asukasmiṃ me ṭhāne paṭisandhi gahitā’ti jānāti, tasmiṃ kāle dasasahassilokadhātu kampatī’’ti. Evaṃ sato sampajāno mātukucchiṃ okkamanto pana ekūnavīsatiyā paṭisandhicittesu mettāpubbabhāgassa somanassasahagatañāṇasampayuttaasaṅkhārikakusalacittassa sadisamahāvipākacittena paṭisandhi gaṇhi. Mahāsīvatthero pana upekkhāsahagatenāti āha. Yathā ca amhākaṃ bhagavā, evaṃ sopi āsāḷhīpuṇṇamāyaṃ uttarāsāḷhanakkhatteneva paṭisandhiṃ aggahesi.
据说那时,从满月前第七天开始,城中人们便戒绝饮酒,以花鬘、香等盛装打扮,享受星宿节的欢乐。菩萨的母亲在第七天清晨起身,以香水沐浴,佩戴一切庄严具,享用精美食物后,受持布萨八戒,进入吉祥的寝殿,卧于吉祥的床榻。当她入睡时,做了这样的梦:“四大天王将她和床一同抬起,带到阿耨达池,为她沐浴,给她穿上天衣,涂以天香,佩戴天华。不远处有座银山,山中有一金殿,他们让她头朝东方躺下。随后,菩萨化作一头纯白象王,在离此不远处的金山游走后,从金山下来,登上银山,进入金殿,右绕母亲之后,破开她的右胁,就像进入母胎一样。”显示巴利原文
Tadā kira pure puṇṇamāya sattamadivasato paṭṭhāya vigatasurāpānaṃ mālāgandhādivibhūtisampannaṃ nakkhattakīḷaṃ anubhavamānā bodhisattamātā sattame divase pāto uṭṭhāya gandhodakena nahāyitvā sabbālaṅkāravibhūsitā varabhojanaṃ bhuñjitvā uposathaṅgāni adhiṭṭhāya sirigabbhaṃ pavisitvā sirisayane nipannā niddaṃ okkamamānā idaṃ supinaṃ addasa – ‘‘cattāro kira naṃ mahārājāno sayaneneva saddhiṃ ukkhipitvā anotattadahaṃ netvā nahāpetvā dibbavatthaṃ nivāsetvā dibbagandhehi vilimpetvā dibbapupphāni piḷandhitvā, tato avidūre rajatapabbato, tassa anto kanakavimānaṃ atthi, tasmiṃ pācīnato sīsaṃ katvā nipajjāpesuṃ. Atha bodhisatto setavaravāraṇo hutvā tato avidūre eko suvaṇṇapabbato, tattha caritvā tato oruyha rajatapabbataṃ abhiruhitvā kanakavimānaṃ pavisitvā mātaraṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā dakkhiṇapassaṃ phāletvā kucchiṃ paviṭṭhasadiso ahosi’’.
王后醒来后,将梦禀告了国王。天亮时分,国王召请了约六十四位婆罗门首领。他命人在地上涂上牛粪,撒好炒米等吉祥供物,铺设了极为尊贵的座位。等婆罗门们就座之后,国王以酥油、蜂蜜和糖精心调制的上等乳粥盛满金钵和银钵,盖上盖子布施给他们,又以新衣、迦比罗牛和牛犊等令其欢喜。在他们满足一切欲乐之后,国王便告知梦境,问道:“这将如何?”婆罗门们说:“大王,请勿忧虑。夫人胎中已怀胎,是男胎而非女胎,您将得一个儿子。他若在家,将成为转轮王;若离家出家,将揭开世间的覆盖,成为佛陀。”这便是“入母胎”的注释次第。显示巴利原文
Atha pabuddhā devī taṃ supinaṃ rañño ārocesi. Rājā vibhātāya rattiyā catusaṭṭhimatte brāhmaṇapāmokkhe pakkosāpetvā haritūpalittāya lājādīhi katamaṅgalasakkārāya bhūmiyā mahārahāni āsanāni paññapetvā tattha nisinnānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ sappimadhusakkarābhisaṅkhatassa varapāyāsassa suvaṇṇarajatapātiyo pūretvā suvaṇṇarajatapātīheva paṭikujjitvā adāsi, aññehi ca ahatavatthakapilagāvīdānādīhi nesaṃ santappesi. Atha nesaṃ sabbakāmasantappitānaṃ taṃ supinaṃ ārocetvā – ‘‘kiṃ bhavissatī’’ti pucchi. Brāhmaṇā āhaṃsu – ‘‘mā cintayi, mahārāja, deviyā te kucchimhi gabbho patiṭṭhito, so ca kho purisagabbho na itthigabbho, putto te bhavissati. So sace agāraṃ ajjhāvasissati, rājā bhavissati cakkavattī. Sace agārā nikkhamma pabbajissati, buddho bhavissati loke vivaṭṭacchado’’ti. Ayaṃ tāva – ‘‘mātukucchiṃ okkamī’’ti ettha vaṇṇanākkamo.
所谓“此处的法定性”,即指入母胎的法定性,这是它的自性,这是它的律则。律则有五种,即:业律则、时节律则、种子律则、心律则、法定律则(《法集论注》498)。显示巴利原文
Ayametthadhammatāti ayaṃ ettha mātukucchiokkamane dhammatā, ayaṃ sabhāvo, ayaṃ niyāmoti vuttaṃ hoti. Niyāmo ca nāmesa kammaniyāmo, utuniyāmo, bījaniyāmo, cittaniyāmo, dhammaniyāmoti pañcavidho (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 498).
其中,善业给予可意果报,不善业给予不可意果报,这就是业律则。为阐明此义,应以“不在空中”(《小诵》127)等偈颂中的事例来说明。据说有一妇人与丈夫争吵后,欲上吊自尽,把头伸入绳套。另有一男子正在磨刀,看见她的行为,想割断绳索,便一边喊着“莫怕,莫怕”安抚她,一边跑过去。绳套却变成一条毒蛇,竖立起来。那人害怕,便逃走了。那妇人便死在那里。像这样的事例,应在此处展示。显示巴利原文
Tattha kusalassa iṭṭhavipākadānaṃ, akusalassa aniṭṭhavipākadānanti ayaṃ kammaniyāmo. Tassa dīpanatthaṃ – ‘‘na antalikkhe’’ti (khu. pā. 127) gāthāya vatthūni vattabbāni. Apica ekā kira itthī sāmikena saddhiṃ bhaṇḍitvā ubbandhitvā maritukāmā rajjupāse gīvaṃ pavesesi. Aññataro puriso vāsiṃ nisento taṃ itthikammaṃ disvā rajjuṃ chinditukāmo – ‘‘mā bhāyi, mā bhāyī’’ti taṃ samassāsento upadhāvi. Rajju āsīviso hutvā aṭṭhāsi. So bhīto palāyi. Itarā tattheva mari. Evamādīni cettha vatthūni dassetabbāni.
在各个地方、各个时节,树木于同一时节开花结果等,风吹或不吹,阳光强烈或柔和,天下雨或不下雨,莲花白天开放、夜晚闭合——像这样,便是时节律则。显示巴利原文
Tesu tesu janapadesu tasmiṃ tasmiṃ kāle ekappahāreneva rukkhānaṃ pupphaphalagahaṇādīni, vātassa vāyanaṃ avāyanaṃ, ātapassa tikkhatā mandatā, devassa vassanaṃ avassanaṃ, padumānaṃ divā vikasanaṃ rattiṃ milāyananti evamādi utuniyāmo.
稻种只生稻谷,甘甜种子只生甘甜之味,苦涩种子只生苦涩之味——这就是种子律则。显示巴利原文
Yaṃ panetaṃ sālibījato sāliphalameva, madhurato madhurasaṃyeva, tittato tittarasaṃyeva phalaṃ hoti, ayaṃ bījaniyāmo.
前前的心与心所法对后后的心与心所法,以亲依止缘为缘。如是在眼识等之后无间隔地生起领受等——这就是心律则。显示巴利原文
Purimā purimā cittacetasikā dhammā pacchimānaṃ pacchimānaṃ cittacetasikānaṃ dhammānaṃ upanissayapaccayena paccayoti evaṃ yadetaṃ cakkhuviññāṇādīnaṃ anantarā sampaṭicchanādīnaṃ nibbattanaṃ, ayaṃ cittaniyāmo.
然而,菩萨入母胎等时所发生的一万世界震动等现象,称为“法定律则”。在这些律则当中,此处所指即为法定律则。因此,为了说明此义,才说:“诸比丘,这是法性……”等语。显示巴利原文
Yā panesā bodhisattānaṃ mātukucchiokkamanādīsu dasasahassilokadhātukampanādīnaṃ pavatti, ayaṃ dhammaniyāmo nāma. Tesu idha dhammaniyāmo adhippeto. Tasmā tamevatthaṃ dassento dhammatā esā bhikkhavetiādimāha.
18 其中,“入胎”一词,此处正是“已入胎”的意思。因为那些现象是在他入胎之后才发生的,并非正在入胎时发生。“无量”指增长的程度,意即“广大”。“殊胜”是其同义词。例如,在“吃着种种殊胜的嚼食”等句(《中部》1.399)中,“殊胜”指甘甜。在“婆蹉亚那确实以殊胜的赞誉称赞沙门乔达摩”等句(《中部》1.288)中,“殊胜”指最上。而在这里,它是指广大。“诸天的神力”意思是:天人的这种威神力,能使其衣光遍照十二由旬,身光、装饰光、宫殿光也是如此;此句说的是“超越了这些光明”。显示巴利原文
18. Tattha kucchiṃ okkamatīti ettha kucchiṃ okkanto hotīti ayamevattho . Okkante hi tasmiṃ evaṃ hoti, na okkamamāne. Appamāṇoti vuḍḍhippamāṇo, vipuloti attho. Uḷāroti tasseva vevacanaṃ. Uḷārāni uḷārāni khādanīyāni khādantītiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.399) hi madhuraṃ uḷāranti vuttaṃ. Uḷārāya khalu bhavaṃ vacchāyano samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ pasaṃsāya pasaṃsatītiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.288) seṭṭhaṃ uḷāranti vuttaṃ. Idha pana vipulaṃ adhippetaṃ. Devānaṃ devānubhāvanti ettha devānaṃ ayamānubhāvo nivatthavatthassa pabhā dvādasayojanāni pharati, tathā sarīrassa, tathā alaṅkārassa, tathā vimānassa, taṃ atikkamitvāti attho.
「世界中间地狱」的意思是:每三个轮围世界之间就有一个世界中间地狱,如同三个车轮或三个钵互相紧靠摆放时,中间留下的空隙。而且,那个世界中间地狱的大小有八千由旬。「无庇护」指它永远敞露着。「无覆盖」指下方也没有任何依托。「黑暗」是说它本身就是黑暗的状态。「黑暗之闇」是指因为它会阻碍眼识生起,所以充满着能让人变盲的闇。据说在那里,眼识是无法生起的。「有这么大神力的」意思是:据说太阳和月亮在同一时间能普照三大洲,所以说它们有这样的大神力;它们能朝每个方向驱散九十万由旬的黑暗,现出光明,所以说它们有如此大的威神力。「它们的光明不能到达」意思是以它们自身的光明,无法到达那里。据说日月是在轮围山的中间区域运行,一旦越过轮围山,就是世界中间地狱了。所以,它们的光明到了那里就无法遍及。显示巴利原文
Lokantarikāti tiṇṇaṃ tiṇṇaṃ cakkavāḷānaṃ antarā ekeko lokantariko hoti, tiṇṇaṃ sakaṭacakkānaṃ vā tiṇṇaṃ pattānaṃ vā aññamaññaṃ āhacca ṭhapitānaṃ majjhe okāso viya. So pana lokantarikanirayo parimāṇato aṭṭhayojanasahasso hoti. Aghāti niccavivaṭā. Asaṃvutāti heṭṭhāpi appatiṭṭhā. Andhakārāti tamabhūtā. Andhakāratimisāti cakkhuviññāṇuppattinivāraṇato andhabhāvakaraṇatimisena samannāgatā. Tattha kira cakkhuviññāṇaṃ na jāyati. Evaṃmahiddhikāti candimasūriyā kira ekappahāreneva tīsu dīpesu paññāyanti, evaṃ mahiddhikā. Ekekāya disāya nava nava yojanasatasahassāni andhakāraṃ vidhamitvā ālokaṃ dassenti, evaṃmahānubhāvā. Ābhāya nānubhontīti attano pabhāya nappahonti. Te kira cakkavāḷapabbatassa vemajjhena vicaranti, cakkavāḷapabbatañca atikkamma lokantarikanirayā. Tasmā te tattha ābhāya nappahonti.
「还有在那里的有情」是指那些投生于世界中间大地狱中的有情。他们究竟造了什么业而投生到那里呢?是因为对父母以及如法修行的沙门、婆罗门犯下严重、残酷的过失,并且日复一日地造作杀生等暴恶之业,才投生到那里,就如铜叶洲的无畏贼、那伽贼等一样。他们的身体有三伽浮他那么大,长着如蝙蝠般的长爪。他们如同树上的蝙蝠,用长爪攀附在轮围山之上。当他们蠕动爬行,彼此的手能相互碰触时,心里便想:「我们没有抓到食物啊!」于是便执著地认定那里没有食物,继而翻转身躯,坠入支撑世界的水中。即使受到风的吹拍,他们也会像甘草果一样折断,落入水里。刚一落水,就在那极咸的水中,如面团一般消融了。显示巴利原文
Yepi tattha sattāti yepi tasmiṃ lokantarikamahāniraye sattā uppannā. Kiṃ pana kammaṃ katvā tattha uppajjantīti. Bhāriyaṃ dāruṇaṃ mātāpitūnaṃ dhammikasamaṇabrāhmaṇānañca upari aparādhaṃ, aññañca divase divase pāṇavadhādisāhasikakammaṃ katvā uppajjanti, tambapaṇṇidīpe abhayacoranāgacorādayo viya. Tesaṃ attabhāvo tigāvutiko hoti, vaggulīnaṃ viya dīghanakhā honti. Te rukkhe vagguliyo viya nakhehi cakkavāḷapabbate lagganti. Yadā saṃsappantā aññamaññassa hatthapāsaṃ gatā honti, atha ‘‘bhakkho no laddho’’ti maññamānā tattha vāvaṭā viparivattitvā lokasandhārakaudake patanti, vāte paharantepi madhukaphalāni viya chijjitvā udake patanti, patitamattāva accantakhāre udake piṭṭhapiṇḍi viya vilīyanti.
「听说还有其他有情啊」这句话的意思是:啊!如同我们正承受着极大的痛苦一般,听说还有其他有情,也是为了经历这些痛苦而投生到了这里。他们在那一日能互相看见。然而,这种光明持续的时间,连喝一顿粥的工夫都不到,仅如弹指的刹那,像闪电般一闪而逝。那些有情正说着「这是什么?」的时候,光明便消失了。「震动」是指向四面八方震动。其余两个词是前面「震动」的同义词。至于「无量……」等,是作总结的意思。显示巴利原文
Aññepi kira bho santi sattāti bho yathā mayaṃ mahādukkhaṃ anubhavāma, evaṃ aññe kira sattāpi imaṃ dukkhamanubhavanatthāya idhūpapannāti taṃ divasaṃ passanti. Ayaṃ pana obhāso ekayāgupānamattampi na tiṭṭhati, accharāsaṅghāṭamattameva vijjobhāso viya niccharitvā – ‘‘kiṃ ida’’nti bhaṇantānaṃyeva antaradhāyati. Saṅkampatīti samantato kampati. Itaradvayaṃ purimapadasseva vevacanaṃ. Puna appamāṇo cātiādi nigamanatthaṃ vuttaṃ.
19 「四位天子前往四方守护」一句中,「四位」是依四大天王而说的。在一万个轮围世界之中,每四位为一组,总共有四万位天王。其中,此轮围世界里的四大天王手持宝剑,为了守护菩萨而进入吉祥胎室;其余的天王则从胎门开始,将泥毗舍遮鬼等夜叉众驱退、令其远离,一直守护到轮围世界的边界。显示巴利原文
19.Cattāronaṃ devaputtā cātuddisaṃ rakkhāya upagacchantīti ettha cattāroti catunnaṃ mahārājānaṃ vasena vuttaṃ. Dasasahassacakkavāḷesu pana cattāro cattāro katvā cattālīsasahassāni honti. Tattha imasmiṃ cakkavāḷe mahārājāno khaggahatthā bodhisattassa ārakkhatthāya upagantvā sirigabbhaṃ paviṭṭhā, itare gabbhadvārato paṭṭhāya avaruddhake paṃsupisācakādiyakkhagaṇe paṭikkamāpetvā yāva cakkavāḷā ārakkhaṃ gaṇhiṃsu.
那么,这种守护的用意何在?从结生刹那的羯罗蓝阶段起,纵然有百千亿魔罗举起百千亿须弥山前来,试图障碍菩萨或菩萨的母亲,他们全会于中途灭去。世尊在《流血事》中也曾说:“诸比丘,他人以加害取如来性命,无有是处,无有因缘。诸比丘,如来以无加害而般涅槃。诸比丘,你们各归住处吧,如来不须守护。”(《小品》341)同样地,以此,他人的加害决不可能危及他们的生命。然而,确实有某些非人、鸟兽,形貌丑恶、见之恐怖;菩萨的母亲若见到它们的相貌,或听到它们的声音,便有可能生起惊惧或怖畏。正是为了遮止这些,诸天神才现前守护。再者,这些天神也因菩萨的福德威势,自然生起恭敬,出于内心的崇仰而这样做。显示巴利原文
Kimatthāya panāyaṃ rakkhā? Nanu paṭisandhikkhaṇe kalalakālato paṭṭhāya sacepi koṭisatasahassamārā koṭisatasahassasineruṃ ukkhipitvā bodhisattassa vā bodhisattamātuyā vā antarāyakaraṇatthaṃ āgaccheyyuṃ, sabbe antarāva antaradhāyeyyuṃ. Vuttampi cetaṃ bhagavatā ruhiruppādavatthusmiṃ – ‘‘aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso, yaṃ parupakkamena tathāgataṃ jīvitā voropeyya. Anupakkamena, bhikkhave, tathāgatā parinibbāyanti. Gacchatha, tumhe bhikkhave, yathāvihāraṃ, arakkhiyā, bhikkhave tathāgatā’’ti (cūḷava. 341). Evameva, tena parupakkamena na tesaṃ jīvitantarāyo atthi, santi kho pana amanussā virūpā duddasikā bheravarūpā migapakkhino, yesaṃ rūpaṃ vā disvā saddaṃ vā sutvā bodhisattamātu bhayaṃ vā santāso vā uppajjeyya, tesaṃ nivāraṇatthāya rakkhaṃ aggahesuṃ. Apica bodhisattassa puññatejena sañjātagāravā attano gāravacoditāpi te evamakaṃsu.
那么,进入内宫住立其中的四大天王,可曾向菩萨的母亲显身?还是不显身?在沐浴、装饰、进食等身体仪节之时,他们不显身;但当她进入宝殿、卧于妙吉祥床时,他们便显身。其中,虽凡人见到非人常怀恐惧,但菩萨的母亲依仗自身与儿子的福德威力,见到他们并不害怕;她对他们,就如看待寻常内宫中的守护侍卫一般。显示巴利原文
Kiṃ pana te antogabbhaṃ pavisitvā ṭhitā cattāro mahārājāno bodhisattassa mātuyā attānaṃ dassenti, na dassentīti? Nahānamaṇḍanabhojanādisarīrakiccakāle na dassenti, sirigabbhaṃ pavisitvā varasayane nipannakāle pana dassenti. Tattha kiñcāpi amanussadassanaṃ nāma manussānaṃ sappaṭibhayaṃ hoti, bodhisattassa mātā pana attano ceva puttassa ca puññānubhāvena te disvā na bhāyati, pakatiantepurapālakesu viya assā etesu cittaṃ uppajjati.
20 “本性具戒者”:即本性已具足戒行。据说在诸佛未出世时,人们会於苦行者、游方者面前顶礼,蹲坐着领受戒法。菩萨的母亲也曾於黑阿私陀仙人面前受戒。然而,当菩萨入胎之后,她便再不能坐於他人足下。纵使在平等座上坐着持戒,也只是引生回忆的因缘而已。因此说,她是自己持守戒行的。显示巴利原文
20.Pakatiyā sīlavatīti sabhāveneva sīlasampannā. Anuppanne kira buddhe manussā tāpasaparibbājakānaṃ santike vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā sīlaṃ gaṇhanti. Bodhisattamātāpi kāladevilassa isino santike sīlaṃ gaṇhāti. Bodhisatte pana kucchigate aññassa pādamūle nisīdituṃ nāma na sakkā, samānāsane nisīditvā gahitasīlampi āvajjanakaraṇamattaṃ hoti. Tasmā sayameva sīlaṃ aggahesīti vuttaṃ hoti.
21 “于诸男子”:指从菩萨的父亲开始,她对任何男子都不生起以男子为欲求的心。然而,纵使善巧的工匠也不能在布织等工艺中制出菩萨母亲那样的身相。见到她之后,虽不能说男子不生爱欲;但若有人带着染着之心想上前接近她,他的双脚便无法行走,如同被天索所缚。因此说“不能超越”等。显示巴利原文
21.Purisesūti bodhisattassa pitaraṃ ādiṃ katvā kesuci manussesu purisādhippāyacittaṃ nuppajjati. Bodhisattamāturūpaṃ pana kusalā sippikā potthakammādīsupi kātuṃ na sakkonti. Taṃ disvā purisassa rāgo nuppajjatīti na sakkā vattuṃ, sace pana taṃ rattacitto upasaṅkamitukāmo hoti, pādā na vahanti, dibbasaṅkhalikā viya bajjhanti. Tasmā ‘‘anatikkamanīyā’’tiādi vuttaṃ.
22 “五种欲功德”:前文以“与欲功德相应”是根据对男子的意乐而遮止事,此处则显示获得所缘。据说,那时诸国国王听说天后怀了这样的太子,便以价值高昂的饰物、乐器等送来种种礼物,成为通过五根门所缘取的事物。由于菩萨及菩萨母亲往昔所造之业极为增盛,所得到的利养与恭敬没有限量。显示巴利原文
22.Pañcannaṃ kāmaguṇānanti pubbe kāmaguṇūpasañhitanti iminā purisādhippāyavasena vatthupaṭikkhepo kato, idha ārammaṇappaṭilābho dassito. Tadā kira deviyā evarūpo putto kucchiṃ upapannoti sutvā samantato rājāno mahagghaābharaṇatūriyādivasena pañcadvārārammaṇavatthubhūtaṃ paṇṇākāraṃ pesenti. Bodhisattassa ca bodhisattamātu ca katakammassa ussannattā lābhasakkārassa pamāṇaparicchedo natthi.
23 “不疲倦之身”:指不像其他妇人那样因怀胎的重负而疲倦,手足浮肿等,她完全没有这种疲累。“胎内”:指在母胎之内。“见”:指超越羯罗蓝等阶段后,见到已具足肢节、诸根不缺的形态。为何而见?只是为了安稳而住。正如母亲与孩子同卧或同坐时,为了让孩子安稳而观察:‘我要把孩子垂下的手或脚抬起来安放好’;同样,菩萨的母亲在起立、行走、转身、坐着,以及在冷、热、咸、苦、辣的食物下咽时——这些时候胎儿本会生起苦受——她为了安稳而观察:‘我的孩子有没有受苦呢?’就在这样观察时,见到菩萨结跏趺坐。因为其他在母胎中的众生,是趴在熟藏之上,举起生藏,把胃膜放在背后,依托脊骨,蹲踞着,将下颚放在双拳上,如同下大雨时树洞里的猴子那样坐着;菩萨却并非如此。菩萨是将脊骨放在背后,如同坐在法座上的说法者一般,结跏趺坐,面朝东方坐着。这是他过去所作业净化了处所,在清净的处所中,便生起了微妙柔软的皮肤相。于是,胎膜不能再遮蔽他,母亲观察时,他便如同显露在外一样显现。世尊为阐明此义,以譬喻说‘犹如……’等。然而,在母胎中的菩萨并显示巴利原文
23.Akilantakāyāti yathā aññā itthiyo gabbhabhārena kilamanti hatthapādā uddhumātatādīni pāpuṇanti, evaṃ tassā koci kilamatho nāhosi. Tirokucchigatanti antokucchigataṃ. Passatīti kalalādikālaṃ atikkamitvā sañjātaaṅgapaccaṅgaahīnindriyabhāvaṃ upagataṃyeva passati. Kimatthaṃ passati? Sukhavāsatthaṃyeva. Yatheva hi mātā puttena saddhiṃ nipannā vā nisinnā vā – ‘‘hatthaṃ vāssa pādaṃ vā olambantaṃ ukkhipitvā saṇṭhapessāmī’’ti sukhavāsatthaṃ puttaṃ oloketi, evaṃ bodhisattamātāpi yaṃ taṃ mātu uṭṭhānagamanaparivattananisajjādīsu uṇhasītaloṇikatittakakaṭukāhāraajjhoharaṇakālesu ca gabbhassa dukkhaṃ uppajjati, ‘‘atthi nu kho me taṃ puttassā’’ti sukhavāsatthaṃ olokayamānā pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā nisinnaṃ bodhisattaṃ passati. Yathā hi aññe antokucchigatā pakkāsayaṃ avattharitvā āmāsayaṃ ukkhipitvā udarapaṭalaṃ piṭṭhito katvā piṭṭhikaṇḍakaṃ nissāya ukkuṭikaṃ dvīsu muṭṭhīsu hanukaṃ ṭhapetvā deve vassante rukkhasusire makkaṭā viya nisīdanti, na evaṃ bodhisatto, bodhisatto pana piṭṭhikaṇḍakaṃ piṭṭhito katvā dhammāsane dhammakathiko viya pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā puratthābhimukho nisīdati. Pubbekatakammaṃ panassā vatthuṃ sodheti, suddhe vatthumhi sukhumacchavilakkhaṇaṃ nibbattati. Atha naṃ kucchitaco paṭicchādetuṃ na sakkoti, olokentiyā bahiṭhito viya paññāyati. Tamatthaṃ upamāya vibhāvento bhagavā seyyathāpītiādimāha. Bodhisatto pana antokucchigato mātaraṃ na passati. Na hi antokucchiyaṃ cakkhuviññāṇaṃ uppajjati.
24 「命终」:并非因分娩的缘故,而是因为寿尽。菩萨曾经居住之处,犹如塔庙精舍,余人不适于受用,亦不可能将菩萨的母亲移开,另立她人为正妃。因此,菩萨母亲的寿量恰好如此,故于彼时命终。那么,于何种年龄命终呢?于中年。在青年时期,众生对身体的爱染强烈,彼时怀胎的妇女难以守护胎儿,胎儿亦多有病患。到了中年,已度过两段,进入第三段时,处所变得清净,在这清净处所诞生的孩子健康无病。因此,菩萨的母亲亦是在青年时期受用种种成就之后,于中年的第三段分娩后命终。这便是此处的法性。显示巴利原文
24.Kālaṅkarotīti na vijātabhāvapaccayā, āyuparikkhayeneva. Bodhisattena vasitaṭṭhānañhi cetiyakuṭisadisaṃ hoti, aññesaṃ aparibhogārahaṃ, na ca sakkā bodhisattamātaraṃ apanetvā aññaṃ aggamahesiṭṭhāne ṭhapetunti tattakaṃyeva bodhisattamātu āyuppamāṇaṃ hoti, tasmā tadā kālaṅkaroti. Katarasmiṃ pana vaye kālaṃ karotīti? Majjhimavaye. Paṭhamavayasmiñhi sattānaṃ attabhāve chandarāgo balavā hoti, tena tadā sañjātagabbhā itthī gabbhaṃ anurakkhituṃ na sakkoti, gabbho bahvābādho hoti. Majjhimavayassa pana dve koṭṭhāse atikkamma tatiye koṭṭhāse vatthu visadaṃ hoti, visade vatthumhi nibbattadārakā arogā honti, tasmā bodhisattamātāpi paṭhamavaye sampattiṃ anubhavitvā majjhimavayassa tatiye koṭṭhāse vijāyitvā kālaṃ karotīti ayamettha dhammatā.
25 「或九月或十月」:此处“或”字有简别之义,应知涵盖了七个月、八个月、十一个月、十二个月等情形。其中,七月生者可存活,但不耐冷热;八月生者无法存活;其余诸月(九月、十月、十一月、十二月)生者皆可存活。显示巴利原文
25.Nava vā dasa vāti ettha vā saddassa vikappanavasena satta vā aṭṭha vā ekādasa vā dvādasa vāti evamādīnaṃ saṅgaho veditabbo. Tattha sattamāsajāto jīvati, sītuṇhakkhamo pana na hoti. Aṭṭhamāsajāto na jīvati, avasesā jīvanti.
27 「诸天首先接取」:即漏尽的净居梵天前来接取。如何接取呢?有说:“他们化作如接生者的形相而来。”但否定此说之后,有这样的记载:‘那时,菩萨的母亲穿着以金丝交织的衣料,披着有着如鱼眼纹的精细绵布,直垂至足,站立在那里。随后,她便轻松地分娩,犹如水从水器中流出一般。于是,那些梵天以本来的梵天形相到来,首先用金网接取。从他们手中,四大王以羚羊皮制成的毯子接取。再从四大王手中,人间众人以细布褥垫接取。’因此,才有‘诸天首先接取,之后人间方才接取’这样的说法。显示巴利原文
27.Devā paṭhamaṃ paṭiggaṇhantīti khīṇāsavā suddhāvāsabrahmāno paṭiggaṇhanti. Kathaṃ paṭiggaṇhanti? ‘‘Sūtivesaṃ gaṇhitvā’’ti eke. Taṃ pana paṭikkhipitvā idaṃ vuttaṃ – ‘tadā bodhisattamātā suvaṇṇakhacitaṃ vatthaṃ nivāsetvā macchakkhisadisaṃ dukūlapaṭaṃ yāva pādantā pārupitvā aṭṭhāsi. Athassā sallahukagabbhavuṭṭhānaṃ ahosi, dhamakaraṇato udakanikkhamanasadisaṃ. Atha te pakatibrahmaveseneva upasaṅkamitvā paṭhamaṃ suvaṇṇajālena paṭiggahesuṃ. Tesaṃ hatthato cattāro mahārājāno ajinappaveṇiyā paṭiggahesuṃ. Tato manussā dukūlacumbaṭakena paṭiggahesuṃ’. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘devā paṭhamaṃ paṭiggaṇhanti, pacchā manussā’’ti.
28 “四位天子”(cattāro naṃ devaputtā):指四大天王。“接取”(paṭiggahetvā):指用羚羊皮毯接过去之后。“大威神者”(mahesakkho):指具有大光辉、大名声、具足圆满相者。显示巴利原文
28.Cattāro naṃ devaputtāti cattāro mahārājāno. Paṭiggahetvāti ajinappaveṇiyā paṭiggahetvā. Mahesakkhoti mahātejo mahāyaso lakkhaṇasampanno.
29 “洁净地出来”:不像其他众生那样卡在产道中,身体受挤压撕扯着出来;菩萨并非如此出生,而是不沾染、不阻滞地出来,这就是它的意思。“用水”:即用清水。“不被任何不净沾染”:不像其他众生被业生之风弄得头下脚上,倒着投入产道,如同跌入百人深的深坑地狱,又像一头被从钥匙孔中硬拉出来的大象,受着极大痛苦,浑身涂满种种不净而出生;菩萨完全不是这样。因为业生之风根本不能把菩萨颠倒成脚上头下。菩萨就好像从法座上走下来的说法师,又好像从楼梯上走下来的人,双手双脚伸展,保持站立的姿势从母胎出来,不被母胎中产生的任何不净所沾染。显示巴利原文
29.Visadova nikkhamatīti yathā aññe sattā yonimagge laggantā bhaggavibhaggā nikkhamanti, na evaṃ nikkhamati, alaggo hutvā nikkhamatīti attho udenāti udakena. Kenaci asucināti yathā aññe sattā kammajavātehi uddhaṃpādā adhosirā yonimagge pakkhittā sataporisaṃ narakapapātaṃ patantā viya, tāḷacchiddena nikkaḍḍhiyamānā hatthī viya mahādukkhaṃ anubhavantā nānāasucimakkhitāva nikkhamanti, na evaṃ bodhisatto. Bodhisattañhi kammajavātā uddhapādaṃ adhosiraṃ kātuṃ na sakkonti. So dhammāsanato otaranto dhammakathiko viya, nisseṇito otaranto puriso viya ca dve hatthe ca dve pāde ca pasāretvā ṭhitakova mātukucchisambhavena kenaci asucinā amakkhitova nikkhamati.
“水流”:指水柱。其中冷水流入金盆,热水流入银盆。这样说,是为了显示那些水在地表上不被任何不净混杂,是他们独有的饮用、沐浴和游戏用水,与常人不同。至于以金银壶打来的其他水,以及从天鹅池、鹧鸪池等池中取来的水,就没有这种区分了。显示巴利原文
Udakassa dhārāti udakavaṭṭiyo. Tāsu sītā suvaṇṇakaṭāhe patati uṇhā rajatakaṭāhe. Idañca pathavitale kenaci asucinā asammissaṃ tesaṃ pānīyaparibhojanīyaudakañceva aññehi asādhāraṇaṃ kīḷāudakañca dassetuṃ vuttaṃ, aññassa pana suvaṇṇarajataghaṭehi āhariyamānaudakassa ceva haṃsavattakādipokkharaṇīgatassa ca udakassa paricchedo natthi.
31 “刚刚出生”:指刚出生片刻之间。但在经典中,他被描述得犹如方才出母胎一般,这不应作如此的理解。实际上,他方出胎时,先有梵天以金网承接;由梵天之手,四大天王以羚羊皮毯承接;再由四大天王之手,众人以细布垫承接。从众人手中脱出之后,他便站立于大地上。“白伞被举起之时”:即天界的白伞被举起的时刻。应知此处,伴随白伞的剑等五种国王宝器也一同出现,然而在经典中,仅如国王出行那般单独举出了白伞。因此,只见白伞,却不见持伞之人;同样,只见剑、棕榈扇、孔雀羽扇、牦牛拂尘与头巾等物,却不见执持它们的人。据说,这些物品都是由那些不显现身相的天神所执持。而且,经典中这样说:显示巴利原文
31.Sampatijātoti muhuttajāto. Pāḷiyaṃ pana mātukucchito nikkhantamatto viya dassito, na evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Nikkhantamattañhi naṃ paṭhamaṃ brahmāno suvaṇṇajālena paṭiggaṇhiṃsu, tesaṃ hatthato cattāro mahārājāno ajinappaveṇiyā, tesaṃ hatthato manussā dukūlacumbaṭakena. Manussānaṃ hatthato muccitvā pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhito. Setamhi chatte anudhāriyamāneti dibbasetacchatte anudhāriyamānamhi. Ettha ca chattassa parivārāni khaggādīni pañca rājakakudhabhaṇḍānipi āgatāneva. Pāḷiyaṃ pana rājagamane rājā viya chattameva vuttaṃ. Tesu chattameva paññāyati, na chattaggāhako. Tathā khaggatālavaṇṭamorahatthakavāḷabījanīuṇhīsamattāyeva paññāyanti, na tesaṃ gāhakā. Sabbāni kira tāni adissamānarūpā devatā gaṇhiṃsu. Vuttañcetaṃ –
“那多枝千辐的伞盖,”
“诸天在空中执持;”
金柄拂尘纷纷飘落,
却不见持拂尘与伞盖之人。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Anekasākhañca sahassamaṇḍalaṃ, Chattaṃ marū dhārayumantalikkhe; Suvaṇṇadaṇḍā vipatanti cāmarā, Na dissare cāmarachattagāhakā’’ti. (su. ni. 693);
「一切方」这一段,是描述如同站在七步所跨之处遍观一切方,但实际不应如此理解。大士从众人手中脱出,双足立于大地,先注视东方。那时,无量千轮围世界合为一片广场。彼处的天、人以香、花等供养,并说:‘大人,此处无人能与您相等,何况超越您?’如此,他依次遍观东、南、西、北四方,东南、西南、西北、东北四隅,以及下方与上方,合为十方;不见有与自己相等之人后,便面向北方,迈出七步前行——此即此处应解的义趣。‘无畏’指至上。‘最上’指诸功德中最为第一。其余二词为同义词。‘此为最后生,不再有后有’这两句,宣说了于此生将证得的阿拉汉果。显示巴利原文
Sabbā ca disāti idaṃ sattapadavītihārūpari ṭhitassa viya sabbadisānuvilokanaṃ vuttaṃ, na kho panevaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Mahāsatto hi manussānaṃ hatthato muccitvā paṭhaviyaṃ patiṭṭhito puratthimaṃ disaṃ olokesi. Anekāni cakkavāḷasahassāni ekaṅgaṇāni ahesuṃ. Tattha devamanussā gandhamālādīhi pūjayamānā – ‘‘mahāpurisa, idha tumhehi sadisopi natthi, kuto uttaritaro’’ti āhaṃsu. Evaṃ catasso disā, catasso anudisā, heṭṭhā, uparīti dasa disā anuviloketvā attanā sadisaṃ adisvā – ‘‘ayaṃ uttarā disā’’ti uttarābhimukho sattapadavītihārena agamāsīti evamettha attho veditabbo. Āsabhinti uttamaṃ. Aggoti guṇehi sabbapaṭhamo. Itarāni dve padāni etasseva vevacanāni. Ayamantimā jāti, natthi dāni punabbhavoti padadvayena imasmiṃ attabhāve pattabbaṃ arahattaṃ byākāsi.
此处,双足平齐踏地,是获得四神足的前兆;面朝北方,是覆盖、征服大众而行的前兆;行走七步,是获得七觉支的前兆;持白色天伞,是获得无上解脱伞盖的前兆;获得五种王家之宝,是以五种解脱得解脱的前兆;遍观一切方所,是获得无碍智的前兆;作牛王般的无畏语,是转动不可逆转法轮的前兆;狮子吼言‘这是我最后之生’,是于无余涅槃界般涅槃的前兆——应如此了知。以上内容圣教中有载,但‘众多相’的部分圣典中并未收录,须加引用并阐明。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca samehi pādehi pathaviyā patiṭṭhānaṃ caturiddhipādapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ, uttarābhimukhabhāvo mahājanaṃ ajjhottharitvā abhibhavitvā gamanassa pubbanimittaṃ, sattapadagamanaṃ sattabojjhaṅgaratanapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ, dibbasetacchattadhāraṇaṃ vimuttivarachattapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ, pañcarājakakudhabhaṇḍānaṃ paṭilābho pañcahi vimuttīhi vimuccanassa pubbanimittaṃ, sabbadisānuvilokanaṃ anāvaraṇañāṇapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ, āsabhivācābhāsanaṃ appaṭivattiyadhammacakkappavattanassa pubbanimittaṃ, ‘‘ayamantimā jātī’’ti sīhanādo anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbānassa pubbanimittanti veditabbaṃ . Ime vārā pāḷiyaṃ āgatā, sambahulavāro pana nāgato, āharitvā dīpetabbo.
在大士诞生的那一天,一万世界界震动。一万世界界中的天人们聚集在一个轮围世界内。先是天人们接取,而后才是人们接取。弦乐与蒙皮鼓无人演奏,自然鸣响。人们的手铐脚镣等刑具断裂成碎片。一切疾病止息,犹如酸液洗去的铜锈般消散。先天的盲者得见色境,先天的聋者得闻音声。跛足之人变得迅捷。先天愚钝者与哑者正念得以确立。远航异域的船只安然归港。空中与地上的宝物各放光明。怨敌之间生起慈心。阿鼻地狱的大火熄灭。世界中间地带出现光明。河流之水停止向前。大海之水变为甘甜。风不再吹动。常栖空中、山间、树上的飞鸟,都落到地面。月亮分外明净。太阳不烈不寒,清净适时。天人们各立于自己宫殿门口,拍手、吹螺、举衣,作大游戏。四大洲广大云层普降雨水。大众不受饥渴所迫。门扉自行敞开。应开花之树、应结果之树,皆开了花、结了果。一万世界界如一幢幡之鬘。显示巴利原文
Mahāpurisassa hi jātadivase dasasahassilokadhātu kampi. Dasasahassilokadhātumhi devatā ekacakkavāḷe sannipatiṃsu. Paṭhamaṃ devā paṭiggaṇhiṃsu, pacchā manussā. Tantibaddhā vīṇā cammabaddhā bheriyo ca kenaci avāditā sayameva vajjiṃsu. Manussānaṃ andubandhanādīni khaṇḍākhaṇḍaṃ chijjiṃsu. Sabbarogā vūpasamiṃsu, ambilena dhotatambamalaṃ viya vigacchiṃsu. Jaccandhā rūpāni passiṃsu. Jaccabadhirā saddaṃ suṇiṃsu. Pīṭhasappī javasampannā ahesuṃ. Jātijaḷānampi eḷamūgānaṃ sati patiṭṭhāsi. Videsapakkhandā nāvā supaṭṭanaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu. Ākāsaṭṭhakabhūmaṭṭhakaratanāni sakatejobhāsitāni ahesuṃ. Verino mettacittaṃ paṭilabhiṃsu. Avīcimhi aggi nibbāyi. Lokantaresu āloko udapādi. Nadīsu jalaṃ nappavattati. Mahāsamudde madhurasaṃ udakaṃ ahosi. Vāto na vāyi. Ākāsapabbatarukkhagatā sakuṇā bhassitvā pathavigatā ahesuṃ. Cando ativiroci. Sūriyo na uṇho, na sītalo, nimmalo utusampanno ahosi. Devatā attano attano vimānadvāre ṭhatvā apphoṭanaseḷanacelukkhepādīhi mahākīḷakaṃ kīḷiṃsu. Cātuddīpikamahāmegho vassi. Mahājanaṃ neva khudā na pipāsā pīḷesi. Dvārakavāṭāni sayameva vivariṃsu. Pupphūpagaphalūpagā rukkhā pupphaphalāni gaṇhiṃsu. Dasasahassilokadhātu ekaddhajamālā ahosi.
其中,一万世界界震动,是获得一切知智的前兆;天人齐聚一个轮围世界,是将来转法轮时一同聚集闻法的前兆;天人们先接取,是获得四种色界禅那的前兆;人们后接取,是获得四种无色界禅那的前兆;弦乐自鸣,是证得次第住的前兆;蒙皮鼓自鸣,是擂响大法鼓的前兆;脚镣手铐等刑具断裂,是断除我慢的前兆;大众诸病消失,是证得四圣谛的前兆;先天盲者得见色境,是获得天眼的前兆;先天聋者得闻音声,是获得天耳界的前兆;跛足者变得迅捷,是获得四神足的前兆;愚钝者正念确立,是获得四念处的前兆;远航之船顺利归港,是证得四无碍解的前兆;宝物自放光芒,是将来为世间显示法之光明的前兆。显示巴利原文
Tatrāpi dasasahassilokadhātukampo sabbaññutaññāṇapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ. Devatānaṃ ekacakkavāḷe sannipāto dhammacakkappavattanakāle ekappahāreneva sannipatitvā dhammaṃ paṭiggaṇhanassa pubbanimittaṃ. Paṭhamaṃ devatānaṃ paṭiggahaṇaṃ catunnaṃ rūpāvacarajjhānānaṃ paṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ. Pacchā manussānaṃ paṭiggahaṇaṃ catunnaṃ arūpāvacarajjhānānaṃ paṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ. Tantibaddhavīṇānaṃ sayaṃ vajjanaṃ anupubbavihārapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ. Cammabaddhabherīnaṃ vajjanaṃ mahatiyā dhammabheriyā anussāvanassa pubbanimittaṃ. Andubandhanādīnaṃ chedo asmimānasamucchedassa pubbanimittaṃ. Mahājanassa rogavigamo catusaccapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ. Jaccandhānaṃ rūpadassanaṃ dibbacakkhupaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ . Badhirānaṃ saddassavanaṃ dibbasotadhātupaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ. Pīṭhasappīnaṃ javasampadā caturiddhipādapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ. Jaḷānaṃ satipatiṭṭhānaṃ catusatipaṭṭhānapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ. Videsapakkhandanāvānaṃ supaṭṭanasampāpuṇanaṃ catupaṭisambhidādhigamassa pubbanimittaṃ. Ratanānaṃ sakatejobhāsitattaṃ yaṃ lokassa dhammobhāsaṃ dassessati, tassa pubbanimittaṃ.
于怨敌获得慈心,是证得四梵住的预兆。无间地狱之火熄灭,是十一种火熄灭的预兆。世界中间隙现出光明,是破除无明黑暗、得见智光的预兆。大海之甘美,是与涅槃味同一味的预兆。风不吹动,是摧破六十二种邪见的预兆。飞鸟行于地上,是大众闻教诫后以生命皈依的预兆。月亮分外明净,是受众人敬爱的预兆。太阳远离炎热与寒冷、时节舒适,是获得身乐与心乐的预兆。天人们立于宫殿门前拍手游戏等,是证得佛位后发出优陀那的预兆。四大洲大云普降甘雨,是降下大法雨云的预兆。不为饥饿所迫,是获得身至念与不死甘露的预兆。不为干渴所迫,是安享解脱乐的预兆。门扉自开,是开启八支圣道之门的预兆。树木开花结果,是以解脱花绽放、担起沙门果重担的预兆。十千世界成同一幢幡之鬘,是成为圣幢幡鬘所笼盖的预兆——应当如此了知。这称为「众多相句」。显示巴利原文
Verīnaṃ mettacittapaṭilābho catubrahmavihārapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ. Avīcimhi agginibbāyanaṃ ekādasaagginibbāyanassa pubbanimittaṃ. Lokantarikāloko avijjandhakāraṃ vidhamitvā ñāṇālokadassanassa pubbanimittaṃ. Mahāsamuddassa madhuratā nibbānarasena ekarasabhāvassa pubbanimittaṃ. Vātassa avāyanaṃ dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhigatabhindanassa pubbanimittaṃ. Sakuṇānaṃ pathavigamanaṃ mahājanassa ovādaṃ sutvā pāṇehi saraṇagamanassa pubbanimittaṃ. Candassa ativirocanaṃ bahujanakantatāya pubbanimittaṃ. Sūriyassa uṇhasītavivajjanautusukhatā kāyikacetasikasukhappattiyā pubbanimittaṃ. Devatānaṃ vimānadvāresu ṭhatvā apphoṭanādīhi kīḷanaṃ buddhabhāvaṃ patvā udānaṃ udānassa pubbanimittaṃ. Cātuddīpikamahāmeghavassanaṃ mahato dhammameghavassanassa pubbanimittaṃ. Khudāpīḷanassa abhāvo kāyagatāsatiamatapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ. Pipāsāpīḷanassa abhāvo vimuttisukhena sukhitabhāvassa pubbanimittaṃ. Dvārakavāṭānaṃ sayameva vivaraṇaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikamaggadvāravivaraṇassa pubbanimittaṃ. Rukkhānaṃ pupphaphalaggahaṇaṃ vimuttipupphehi pupphitassa ca sāmaññaphalabhārabharitabhāvassa ca pubbanimittaṃ. Dasasahassilokadhātuyā ekaddhajamālitā ariyaddhajamālamālitāya pubbanimittanti veditabbaṃ. Ayaṃ sambahulavāro nāma.
于此,有人提出诘问:「当大人立于大地,面向北方,以足行走七步,发出无畏语时,他是于地而行,还是于空中而行?是显现而行,还是不显现而行?是无衣而行,还是严饰装扮而行?是幼童之身而行,还是长者之身而行?其后,他是保持那样,还是复又变成幼童?」然而,此问虽于下铁殿中发起,却由三藏小无畏长老解答。传说长老于此先依宿命论、宿业论、主宰神论、神我创造论等,广说种种,末后作如是答:「大人实乃于地而行,然众人观之,似于空中而行。实为显现而行,然众人观之,似不显现而行。实为无衣而行,然众人观之,似严饰装扮而行。实以幼童之身而行,然众人观之,似十六岁少年。其后,他仍是幼童,并非那般。」在座大众皆满意而想:「长老解答此问,有若佛陀亲解。」于世界中间之一段,所说之理亦同前说。显示巴利原文
Ettha pañhaṃ pucchanti – ‘‘yadā mahāpuriso pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhahitvā uttarābhimukho padasā gantvā āsabhiṃ vācaṃ abhāsi, tadā kiṃ pathaviyā gato, udāhu ākāsena; dissamāno gato, udāhu adissamāno; acelako gato, udāhu alaṅkatapaṭiyatto; daharo hutvā gato , udāhu mahallako; pacchāpi kiṃ tādisova ahosi, udāhu puna bāladārako’’ti? Ayaṃ pana pañho heṭṭhālohapāsāde samuṭṭhito tipiṭakacūḷābhayattherena vissajjitova. Thero kira ettha niyatipubbekatakammaissaranimmānavādavasena taṃ taṃ bahuṃ vatvā avasāne evaṃ byākari – ‘‘mahāpuriso pathaviyā gato, mahājanassa pana ākāsena gacchanto viya ahosi. Dissamāno gato, mahājanassa pana adissamāno viya ahosi. Acelako gato, mahājanassa pana alaṅkatapaṭiyatto viya upaṭṭhāsi. Daharova gato, mahājanassa pana soḷasavassuddesiko viya ahosi. Pacchā pana bāladārakova ahosi, na tādiso’’ti. Parisā cassa – ‘‘buddhena viya hutvā bho therena pañho kathito’’ti attamanā ahosi. Lokantarikavāro vuttanayo eva.
然而,应知自始至此所述的一切法性,乃一切菩萨所共有。显示巴利原文
Imā ca pana ādito paṭṭhāya kathitā sabbadhammatā sabbabodhisattānaṃ hontīti veditabbā.
「三十二大人相的解释(Dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇavaṇṇanā)」显示巴利原文
Dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇavaṇṇanā
33 “Addasa kho”(他看见了)是指让人将他安放在细布垫褥上带来之后,便看见了。“Mahāpurisassa”(大人)是说就出身、种姓、家族、地域等方面而言,他是一位伟大的人物。“Dve gatiyo”意为两种归宿、两种达成。因为“gati”一词,在“舍利弗,有此五种趣”(《中部》1.153)中,指的是地狱等众生所趣往的投生处;在“我不知这些持戒、具足善法的比丘们的来处或去处”(《中部》1.508)中,指的是内心所向;在“涅槃是阿拉汉的归宿”(《无碍解道》339)中,指的是依止处;在“梵天,我亦知你的去处,亦知你的光辉,具大神力之破婆梵天”(《中部》1.503)中,指的是成就。同样地,此处也应作“成就”解。“Anaññā”(非其他)是指没有别的归宿、成就。显示巴利原文
33.Addasa khoti dukūlacumbaṭake nipajjāpetvā ānītaṃ addasa. Mahāpurisassāti jātigottakulapadesādivasena mahantassa purisassa. Dve gatiyoti dve niṭṭhā, dve nipphattiyo. Ayañhi gatisaddo – ‘‘pañca kho imā, sāriputta, gatiyo’’ti (ma. ni. 1.153) ettha nirayādibhedāya sattehi gantabbagatiyā vattati. ‘‘Imesaṃ kho ahaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sīlavantānaṃ kalyāṇadhammānaṃ neva jānāmi āgatiṃ vā gatiṃ vā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.508) ettha ajjhāsaye. ‘‘Nibbānaṃ arahato gatī’’ti (pari. 339) ettha paṭissaraṇe. ‘‘Api ca tyāhaṃ brahme gatiñca pajānāmi, jutiñca pajānāmi evaṃmahiddhiko bako brahmā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.503) ettha nipphattiyaṃ vattati. Svāyamidhāpi nipphattiyaṃ vattatīti veditabbo. Anaññāti aññā gati nipphatti nāma natthi.
“Dhammiko”(如法者)是指具足十善法、远避非道之人。“Dhammarājā”(法王)是前一词的同义词,或是说,因其以法获得王位,故称法王。“Cāturanto”(四方之主)是指以东方大海等四大海为边界,统御四方大地的君主。“Vijitāvī”(征服者)是指战胜了敌人。“Janapadatthāvariyappatto”(令国土达至稳固)是说,国土获得了稳固性。因为若是一位暴虐的国王,以税收、刑罚等压榨世间,百姓便会舍离都城,依于山麓或海岸,居于边地;若国王过于暗弱,百姓为盗贼、强匪所害,财物受损,便会舍离边地,群聚于都城中心。这样的国王,其领土无法达到稳固。然而,当此王子治国之时,其国土将如同安置于石板之上,再以铁板围砌一般安稳。为表此义,故言“janapadatthāvariyappatto”。显示巴利原文
Dhammikoti dasakusaladhammasamannāgato agatigamanavirahito. Dhammarājāti idaṃ purimapadasseva vevacanaṃ. Dhammena vā laddharajjattā dhammarājā. Cāturantoti puratthimasamuddādīnaṃ catunnaṃ samuddānaṃ vasena caturantāya pathaviyā issaro. Vijitāvīti vijitasaṅgāmo. Janapado asmiṃ thāvariyaṃ thirabhāvaṃ pattoti janapadatthāvariyappatto. Caṇḍassa hi rañño balidaṇḍādīhi lokaṃ pīḷayato manussā majjhimajanapadaṃ chaḍḍetvā pabbatasamuddatīrādīni nissāya paccante vāsaṃ kappenti. Atimudukassa rañño corehi sāhasikadhanavilopapīḷitā manussā paccantaṃ pahāya janapadamajjhe vāsaṃ kappenti, iti evarūpe rājini janapado thirabhāvaṃ na pāpuṇāti. Imasmiṃ pana kumāre rajjaṃ kārayamāne etassa janapado pāsāṇapiṭṭhiyaṃ ṭhapetvā ayopaṭṭena parikkhitto viya thiro bhavissatīti dassento – ‘‘janapadatthāvariyappatto’’ti āhaṃsu.
“Sattaratanasamannāgato”(七宝具足)中,宝(ratana)以令人欢喜为其含义。再者——显示巴利原文
Sattaratanasamannāgatoti ettha ratijananaṭṭhena ratanaṃ. Apica –
受尊重、价值巨大、无与伦比、难得见到,
非凡之人所受用,因此称为宝。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Cittīkataṃ mahagghañca, atulaṃ dullabhadassanaṃ; Anomasattaparibhogaṃ, ratanaṃ tena vuccati’’.
从轮宝出现之时起,便不再有所谓其他天神的住处,一切众生都以香、花等对轮宝作供养、敬礼等,因此就‘受尊重’的意义而称为宝。轮宝的价值不可估量,因此就‘价值巨大’的意义也称为宝。轮宝与世间存在的其他宝物皆不相同,因此就‘无与伦比’的意义也称为宝。其次,因为只有在佛陀出世的劫中,转轮圣王才会出现,而佛陀又仅是偶尔、难得出世,因此就‘难得见到’的意义也成为宝。而且,此宝只出现在那些出身、种姓、家族、权势等皆非凡的殊胜之人中,不会在其他人处生起,因此就‘非凡之人所受用’的意义也称为宝。如同轮宝,其余诸宝也是如此。因此,以这七宝作为随从,并以它们作为一切受用资具而具足,这就称为‘七宝具足’。显示巴利原文
Cakkaratanassa ca nibbattakālato paṭṭhāya aññaṃ devaṭṭhānaṃ nāma na hoti, sabbe gandhapupphādīhi tasseva pūjañca abhivādanādīni ca karontīti cittīkataṭṭhena ratanaṃ. Cakkaratanassa ca ettakaṃ nāma dhanaṃ agghatīti aggho natthi, iti mahagghaṭṭhenāpi ratanaṃ. Cakkaratanañca aññehi loke vijjamānaratanehi asadisanti atulaṭṭhenāpi ratanaṃ. Yasmā ca pana yasmiṃ kappe buddhā uppajjanti, tasmiṃyeva cakkavattino uppajjanti, buddhā ca kadāci karahaci uppajjanti, tasmā dullabhadassanaṭṭhenāpi ratanaṃ. Tadetaṃ jātirūpakulaissariyādīhi anomassa uḷārasattasseva uppajjati, na aññassāti anomasattaparibhogaṭṭhenāpi ratanaṃ. Yathā cakkaratanaṃ, evaṃ sesānipīti. Imehi sattahi ratanehi parivārabhāvena ceva sabbabhogūpakaraṇabhāvena ca samannāgatoti sattaratanasamannāgato.
现在,为显示它们的具体形态,而说“他的这些”等语。其中,关于“轮宝”等宝,略义如下:轮宝出现时,能取来以两千小岛为眷属的四大洲的荣华并赐予。同样,能在午前驰骋于以大海为边际的大地、行于空中者,即是象宝;同样的即是马宝;能在四种情况下的黑暗中,遣除一由旬内的黑暗而显示光明者,即是珠宝;远离六种过失、行止可意者,即是女宝;能显示深藏地下一由旬的宝藏者,即是居士宝;从正后胎中所生、能教导整个王国、称为长子者,即是帅宝。显示巴利原文
Idāni tesaṃ sarūpato dassanatthaṃ tassimānītiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha cakkaratanantiādīsu ayaṃ saṅkhepādhippāyo – dvesahassadīpaparivārānaṃ catunnaṃ mahādīpānaṃ sirivibhavaṃ gahetvā dātuṃ samatthaṃ cakkaratanaṃ pātubhavati. Tathā purebhattameva sāgarapariyantaṃ pathaviṃ anusaṃyāyanasamatthaṃ vehāsaṅgamaṃ hatthiratanaṃ, tādisameva assaratanaṃ, caturaṅgasamannāgate andhakāre yojanappamāṇaṃ andhakāraṃ vidhamitvā ālokadassanasamatthaṃ maṇiratanaṃ, chabbidhadosavivajjitaṃ manāpacāri itthiratanaṃ, yojanappamāṇe antopathavigataṃ nidhiṃ dassanasamatthaṃ gahapatiratanaṃ, aggamahesiyā kucchimhi nibbattitvā sakalarajjamanusāsanasamatthaṃ jeṭṭhaputtasaṅkhātaṃ pariṇāyakaratanaṃ pātubhavati.
“Parosahassa”指超过一千。“Sūrā”是无畏者。“Vīraṅgarūpā”:vīra为英勇,vīraṅga为英勇的肢体,是精进的名称;他们具有英勇的形态,意即他们是精进为本性者、精进为体者、以精进构成者、不知疲倦者。这样说等于表示:即使战斗一整天,他们也不会疲劳。“Sāgarapariyanta”指以轮围山为边界、大海所至之处。“Adaṇḍena”:有些国王对犯罪的人收取百金、千金,这是用财物惩罚来治国;有些国王处以砍、断等刑罚,这是用刀杖惩罚来治国。而这位菩萨舍弃了这两种惩罚,不靠杖罚而住。“Asatthena”:有些国王以单刃刀等利器伤害他人,这称为以利器治国。而这位菩萨不用利器,乃至对小小的苍蝇也不曾让它们饮取一滴血,唯依正法——以“来吧,大王!”这样的邀请,接受前来归附的敌国国王,如是征服了前述大地而住,也就是征服之后,成为主人而住。显示巴利原文
Parosahassanti atirekasahassaṃ. Sūrāti abhīrukā. Vīraṅgarūpāti vīrānaṃ aṅgaṃ vīraṅgaṃ, vīriyassetaṃ nāmaṃ, vīraṅgaṃ rūpametesanti vīraṅgarūpā, vīriyajātikā vīriyasabhāvā vīriyamayā akilāsuno ahesuṃ. Divasampi yujjhantā na kilamantīti vuttaṃ hoti. Sāgarapariyantanti cakkavāḷapabbataṃ sīmaṃ katvā ṭhitasamuddapariyantaṃ. Adaṇḍenāti ye katāparādhe satte satampi sahassampi gaṇhanti, te dhanadaṇḍena rajjaṃ kārenti. Ye chejjabhejjaṃ anusāsanti, te satthadaṇḍena. Ayaṃ pana duvidhampi daṇḍaṃ pahāya adaṇḍena ajjhāvasati. Asatthenāti ye ekatodhārādinā satthena paraṃ vihesanti, te satthena rajjaṃ kārenti nāma. Ayaṃ pana satthena khuddamakkhikāyapi pivanamattaṃ lohitaṃ kassaci anuppādetvā dhammeneva – ‘‘ehi kho mahārājā’’ti evaṃ paṭirājūhi sampaṭicchitāgamano vuttappakāraṃ pathaviṃ abhivijinitvā ajjhāvasati, abhibhavitvā sāmī hutvā vasatīti attho.
这样讲完了一种成就,为讲第二种成就,经文说“但如果”等。其中,“vivaṭacchado”(已打开覆盖者)意为:那被称作贪、嗔、痴、慢、见、烦恼、渴爱的覆盖与障碍,已被他打开、摧毁、揭露,因此称为“已打开覆盖者”。也有读作“vivaṭṭacchadā”的,意义相同。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ ekaṃ nipphattiṃ kathetvā dutiyaṃ kathetuṃ sace kho panātiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha rāgadosamohamānadiṭṭhikilesataṇhāsaṅkhātaṃ chadanaṃ āvaraṇaṃ vivaṭaṃ viddhaṃsitaṃ vivaṭakaṃ etenāti vivaṭacchado. ‘‘Vivaṭṭacchadā’’tipi pāṭho, ayameva attho.
35 在讲述了第二种成就之后,为了显示那些作为前兆的相,经中说道:“大王,这位王子……”等等。其中,“suppatiṭṭhitapādo”(善安立足者)是指:一般人将脚放在地上时,或是前脚掌、脚跟或脚侧先着地,又或中间留有空隙;抬脚时,也是前脚掌等某一部位先抬起。然而,这位大人并非如此。他的脚掌如同金制拖鞋的鞋底一般,整个脚掌同时着地,同时抬离。因此,他被称为“善安立足者”。显示巴利原文
35. Evaṃ dutiyaṃ nipphattiṃ kathetvā tāsaṃ nimittabhūtāni lakkhaṇāni dassetuṃ ayañhi, deva, kumārotiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha suppatiṭṭhitapādoti yathā aññesaṃ bhūmiyaṃ pādaṃ ṭhapentānaṃ aggapādatalaṃ vā paṇhi vā passaṃ vā paṭhamaṃ phusati, vemajjhe vā pana chiddaṃ hoti, ukkhipantānaṃ aggatalādīsu ekakoṭṭhāsova paṭhamaṃ uṭṭhahati, na evamassa. Assa pana suvaṇṇapādukatalamiva ekappahāreneva sakalaṃ pādatalaṃ bhūmiṃ phusati, ekappahāreneva bhūmito uṭṭhahati. Tasmā ayaṃ suppatiṭṭhitapādo.
“cakkāni”(轮):指两脚掌各有一轮,其辐、辋、毂在圣典中均已叙及。而“sabbākāraparipūrāni”(一切形相圆满)则应知有如此的区别:据说这些轮中,脚掌中央可见毂;可见被毂所界定的圆线;可见朝向毂的围绕带;可见水槽口;可见辐;辐上可见圆线;可见辋边的珠宝。以上是圣典中已提到的部分。至于尚未出现的“sambahulavāro”(众多品类),当如此看待:矛、吉祥万字、欢喜、卍字、花鬘环、增长幢、一对鱼、极妙的座、钩、宫殿、拱门、白伞、剑、扇、孔雀拂、野牛扇形拂、顶髻、摩尼宝珠、钵、善意花环、青莲花、红莲花、白莲花、莲花、白睡莲、满瓶、满皿、海、轮围山、雪山、须弥山、日月、星宿、四大洲、二千小洲,乃至转轮王的随众等——这一切皆是轮相的眷属。显示巴利原文
Cakkānīti dvīsu pādatalesu dve cakkāni, tesaṃ arā ca nemi ca nābhi ca pāḷiyaṃ vuttāva. Sabbākāraparipūrānīti iminā pana ayaṃ viseso veditabbo, tesaṃ kira cakkānaṃ pādatalassa majjhe nābhi dissati, nābhiparicchinnā vaṭṭalekhā dissati, nābhimukhaparikkhepapaṭṭo dissati, panāḷimukhaṃ dissati, arā dissanti, aresu vaṭṭilekhā dissanti, nemimaṇikā dissanti. Idaṃ tāva pāḷiyaṃ āgatameva. Sambahulavāro pana anāgato, so evaṃ daṭṭhabbo – satti, sirivaccho, nandi, sovattiko, vaṭaṃsako, vaḍḍhamānakaṃ, macchayugaḷaṃ, bhaddapīṭhaṃ, aṅkusako, pāsādo, toraṇaṃ, setacchattaṃ, khaggo, tālavaṇṭaṃ, morahatthako, vāḷabījanī, uṇhīsaṃ, maṇi, patto, sumanadāmaṃ, nīluppalaṃ, rattuppalaṃ, setuppalaṃ, padumaṃ, puṇḍarīkaṃ, puṇṇaghaṭo , puṇṇapāti, samuddo, cakkavāḷo, himavā, sineru, candimasūriyā, nakkhattāni, cattāro mahādīpā, dviparittadīpasahassāni, antamaso cakkavattirañño parisaṃ upādāya sabbo cakkalakkhaṇasseva parivāro.
“广长踵”:即修长的脚跟,意指圆满的脚跟。一般人的前脚掌较长,小腿胫骨落在脚跟的上端,脚跟如同被削过后安上的一般;然而,大人并非如此。大人的脚分为四份,前两份为前脚掌,第三份是小腿胫骨的落脚处,第四份是脚跟,脚跟就像用锥尖旋圆后安放的红色毛线球那样。显示巴利原文
Āyatapaṇhīti dīghapaṇhi, paripuṇṇapaṇhīti attho. Yathā hi aññesaṃ aggapādo dīgho hoti, paṇhimatthake jaṅghā patiṭṭhāti, paṇhiṃ tacchetvā ṭhapitā viya hoti, na evaṃ mahāpurisassa. Mahāpurisassa pana catūsu koṭṭhāsesu dve koṭṭhāsā aggapādo hoti, tatiye koṭṭhāse jaṅghā patiṭṭhāti, catutthakoṭṭhāse āraggena vaṭṭetvā ṭhapitā viya rattakambalageṇḍukasadisā paṇhi hoti.
“手指长”:一般人的手指长短不一,而大人则不然。大人的手指与脚趾皆如猕猴般修长,根部粗壮,渐向末端变细,犹如以松脂油研磨后搓圆的雌黄条一般。故称“手指长”。显示巴利原文
Dīghaṅgulīti yathā aññesaṃ kāci aṅguliyo dīghā honti, kāci rassā, na evaṃ mahāpurisassa. Mahāpurisassa pana makkaṭasseva dīghā hatthapādaṅguliyo mūle thūlā, anupubbena gantvā agge tanukā, niyyāsatelena madditvā vaṭṭitaharitālavaṭṭisadisā honti. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘dīghaṅgulī’’ti.
“手足柔软”:如同浸在熟酥中、经百次捶打后放置的棉膜一般柔软。不仅初生时如此,乃至年老,他的手足依然如此柔软稚嫩。因具足如此柔软稚嫩的手足,故称“手足柔软”。显示巴利原文
Mudutalunahatthapādoti sappimaṇḍe osāretvā ṭhapitaṃ satavāravihatakappāsapaṭalaṃ viya mudu. Yathā ca idāni jātamattassa, evaṃ vuḍḍhakālepi mudutalunāyeva bhavissanti, mudutalunā hatthapādā etassāti mudutalunahatthapādo.
“手足缦网”:并非指皮肤粘连于指间。那种手指相连如蛇头的人,因身有男子之缺陷,不得出家。大人的四根手指与五根脚趾长度相等;由于等长,指间自然呈现出谷粒般的纹理,彼此交错而住。他的手足犹如巧匠所作的网窗。故称“手足缦网”。显示巴利原文
Jālahatthapādoti na cammena paṭibaddhaaṅgulantaro. Ediso hi phaṇahatthako purisadosena upahato pabbajjaṃ na paṭilabhati. Mahāpurisassa pana catasso hatthaṅguliyo pañcapi pādaṅguliyo ekappamāṇā honti, tāsaṃ ekappamāṇatāya yavalakkhaṇaṃ aññamaññaṃ paṭivijjhitvā tiṭṭhati. Athassa hatthapādā kusalena vaḍḍhakinā yojitajālavātapānasadisā honti. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘jālahatthapādo’’ti.
“脚踝不显露”:由于脚踝骨向上方安立,所以他的脚踝高耸,即所谓“高踝”。常人的脚踝位于脚背后,因此他们的脚如同被栓钉固定一般,不能自由转动,走路时脚掌也无法看见。而大人的脚踝高高隆起,因此他从肚脐往上的上半身,犹如安置在船上的金像般安稳不动,唯有下半身在活动;两脚可自如转动;无论站在他前面、后面还是两侧的人,都能见到他的脚掌,不像大象那样唯从后方得见。显示巴利原文
Uddhaṃ patiṭṭhitagopphakattā ussaṅkhā pādā assāti ussaṅkhapādo. Aññesañhi piṭṭhipāde gopphakā honti, tena tesaṃ pādā āṇibaddhā viya baddhā honti, na yathāsukhaṃ parivaṭṭanti, gacchantānaṃ pādatalānipi na dissanti. Mahāpurisassa pana āruhitvā upari gopphakā patiṭṭhahanti, tenassa nābhito paṭṭhāya uparimakāyo nāvāya ṭhapitasuvaṇṇapaṭimā viya niccalo hoti, adhokāyova iñjati, sukhena pādā parivaṭṭanti, puratopi pacchatopi ubhayapassesupi ṭhatvā passantānaṃ pādatalāni paññāyanti, na hatthīnaṃ viya pacchatoyeva.
“如鹿小腿”:意为具有如同鹿王般的小腿,肌肉丰盈饱满。并非那种偏聚一处的腿肚肉,而是由均匀分布于四周的肌肉所包裹,小腿浑圆、滑润,形如稻谷或麦谷的嫩芽。显示巴利原文
Eṇijaṅghoti eṇimigasadisajaṅgho maṃsussadena paripuṇṇajaṅgho, na ekato baddhapiṇḍikamaṃso , samantato samasaṇṭhitena maṃsena parikkhittāhi suvaṭṭitāhi sāligabbhayavagabbhasadisāhi jaṅghāhi samannāgatoti attho.
“不弯腰”:即不俯身,以此显示他既非驼背也非侏儒。其余的人,要么是驼背,要么是侏儒。驼背者上半身不圆满,侏儒者下半身不圆满。由于身体不圆满,他们无法在不弯腰的情况下触及膝盖。而大人因上下身悉皆圆满,因此能够做到。显示巴利原文
Anonamantoti anamanto, etenassa akhujjaavāmanabhāvo dīpito. Avasesajanā hi khujjā vā honti vāmanā vā. Khujjānaṃ uparimakāyo aparipuṇṇo hoti, vāmanānaṃ heṭṭhimakāyo. Te aparipuṇṇakāyattā na sakkonti anonamantā jaṇṇukāni parimajjituṃ. Mahāpuriso pana paripuṇṇaubhayakāyattā sakkoti.
“马阴藏相”:如同牛王、大象等,他的密处藏于犹如金莲花蕊般的鞘中,被完全覆藏,故称马阴藏相。这里所说的“密处”,是指应当用布遮掩的男根。显示巴利原文
Kosohitavatthaguyhoti usabhavāraṇādīnaṃ viya suvaṇṇapadumakaṇṇikasadisehi kosehi ohitaṃ paṭicchannaṃ vatthaguyhaṃ assāti kosohitavatthaguyho. Vatthaguyhanti vatthena guhitabbaṃ aṅgajātaṃ vuccati.
“金色相”:如同以天然朱砂研磨、用豹牙刮磨、再以赭石抛光后,所安立的一尊厚实纯金像一般——这是为了显示其身相坚实、润泽而细滑,进而为显肤色而说“肤如黄金”。或者,此语只是前者的同义语。显示巴利原文
Suvaṇṇavaṇṇoti jātihiṅgulakena majjitvā dīpidāṭhāya ghaṃsitvā gerukaparikammaṃ katvā ṭhapitaghanasuvaṇṇarūpasadisoti attho. Etenassa ghanasiniddhasaṇhasarīrataṃ dassetvā chavivaṇṇadassanatthaṃ kañcanasannibhattacoti vuttaṃ. Purimassa vā vevacanametaṃ.
“尘垢”:指灰土或污秽。“不染”:意为不附着,犹如水珠从莲叶上滚落,毫不滞留。然而,诸佛行洗手等事,是为随顺时节、令施者得福,同时这本身也是威仪之首。因为,比丘进入住处时,规定应先洗脚,然后方可进入。显示巴利原文
Rajojallanti rajo vā malaṃ vā. Na upalimpatīti na laggati padumapalāsato udakabindu viya vivaṭṭati. Hatthadhovanādīni pana utuggahaṇatthāya ceva dāyakānaṃ puññaphalatthāya ca buddhā karonti, vattasīsenāpi ca karontiyeva. Senāsanaṃ pavisantena hi bhikkhunā pāde dhovitvā pavisitabbanti vuttametaṃ.
“毛向上者”:在发旋的末端,身上毛发皆向上竖立,犹如正仰望着面容的光辉一般,具此特征者,便称为毛向上者。显示巴利原文
Uddhaggalomoti āvaṭṭapariyosāne uddhaggāni hutvā mukhasobhaṃ ullokayamānāni viya ṭhitāni lomāni assāti uddhaggalomo.
“梵天直身”:其身正直犹如梵天,唯以笔直、修长的身相出生。一般而言,众生通常在肩、腰、膝这三处弯曲:若腰部弯曲,便向后弯;其余两处则向前弯。至于那些身量高大者,有的身体向侧旁倾斜,有的仰面而行,像在数星星一般;有的因几乎无肉无血,如同柱子一般;有的身体前倾,行走时颤颤巍巍。而这位大人却笔直地成长,身量修长,犹如竖立于天城之中的金拱门之端——相师们正是这样说明的。还应了知,凡是大人初生时尚未完全具足的诸相,都是针对未来因修德成就时的状态而宣说的。显示巴利原文
Brahmujugattoti brahmā viya ujugatto, ujumeva uggatadīghasarīro bhavissati. Yebhuyyena hi sattā khandhe kaṭiyaṃ jāṇūsūti tīsu ṭhānesu namanti, te kaṭiyaṃ namantā pacchato namanti, itaresu dvīsu ṭhānesu purato. Dīghasarīrā pana eke passavaṅkā honti, eke mukhaṃ unnametvā nakkhattāni gaṇayantā viya caranti, eke appamaṃsalohitā sūlasadisā honti, eke purato pabbhārā honti, pavedhamānā gacchanti. Ayaṃ pana ujumeva uggantvā dīghappamāṇo devanagare ussitasuvaṇṇatoraṇaṃ viya bhavissatīti dīpenti. Yathā cetaṃ, evaṃ yaṃ yaṃ jātamattassa sabbaso aparipuṇṇaṃ mahāpurisalakkhaṇaṃ hoti, taṃ taṃ āyatiṃ tathābhāvitaṃ sandhāya vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
“七处隆满”:即两处手背、两处脚背、两肩以及颈项,这七个部位肌肉充溢饱满。在其他人的手足背等处,会显现出静脉的网络;在肩部与颈项处,则会露出骨端,那些人看上去就像饿鬼一样。然而大人并非如此,大人因这七处肌肉充分饱满,静脉网络隐藏不现,拥有着如此的手足背,以及如同安放好的金块般的颈项,整体看上去就像一尊打磨光滑的石像,也像一尊精美的金像。显示巴利原文
Sattussadoti dve hatthapiṭṭhiyo dve pādapiṭṭhiyo dve aṃsakūṭāni khandhoti imesu sattasu ṭhānesu paripuṇṇo maṃsussado assāti sattussado. Aññesaṃ pana hatthapādapiṭṭhādīsu sirājālaṃ paññāyati, aṃsakūṭakkhandhesu aṭṭhikoṭiyo. Te manussā petā viya khāyanti, na tathā mahāpuriso, mahāpuriso pana sattasu ṭhānesu paripuṇṇamaṃsussadattā nigūḷhasirājālehi hatthapiṭṭhādīhi vaṭṭetvā suṭṭhapitasuvaṇṇāḷiṅgasadisena khandhena silārūpakaṃ viya khāyati, cittakammarūpakaṃ viya ca khāyati.
「狮身前半身」:其身如狮子之前半身,故得此名。狮子仅前半身圆满,后半身则非;然大丈夫之全身,悉皆圆满,犹如狮子之前半身。其身躯亦不似狮子那般,于某处隆起、某处低陷,形态不相称;而是该长之处则长,该短、该粗、该细、该宽、该圆、该随顺之处,皆恰如其分。对此,世尊曾开示:显示巴利原文
Sīhassa pubbaddhaṃ viya kāyo assāti sīhapubbaddhakāyo. Sīhassa hi puratthimakāyova paripuṇṇo hoti, pacchimakāyo aparipuṇṇo. Mahāpurisassa pana sīhassa pubbaddhakāyo viya sabbo kāyo paripuṇṇo. Sopi sīhasseva tattha tattha vinatunnatādivasena dussaṇṭhitavisaṇṭhito na hoti, dīghayuttaṭṭhāne pana dīgho, rassathūlakisaputhulaanuvaṭṭitayuttaṭṭhānesu tathāvidhova hoti. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –
“诸比丘,确实,当悦意的业报现前时,那些以长肢节而庄严者,彼肢节则为长;那些以短肢节而庄严者,彼肢节则为短;那些以粗肢节而庄严者,彼肢节则为粗;那些以细肢节而庄严者,彼肢节则为细;那些以宽肢节而庄严者,彼肢节则为宽;那些以圆肢节而庄严者,彼肢节则为圆。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Manāpiyeva kho, bhikkhave, kammavipāke paccupaṭṭhite yehi aṅgehi dīghehi sobhati, tāni aṅgāni dīghāni saṇṭhanti. Yehi aṅgehi rassehi sobhati, tāni aṅgāni rassāni saṇṭhanti. Yehi aṅgehi thūlehi sobhati, tāni aṅgāni thūlāni saṇṭhanti. Yehi aṅgehi kisehi sobhati, tāni aṅgāni kisāni saṇṭṭhanti. Yehi aṅgehi puthulehi sobhati, tāni aṅgāni puthulāni saṇṭhanti. Yehi aṅgehi vaṭṭehi sobhati, tāni aṅgāni vaṭṭāni saṇṭhantī’’ti.
如是,此大丈夫之身,由种种殊胜心、以福德心塑造,以十种波罗蜜所成就;世间一切能工巧匠或具足神通者,皆不能造出哪怕一抹相似的形像。显示巴利原文
Iti nānācittena puññacittena cittito dasahi pāramīhi sajjito mahāpurisassa attabhāvo, loke sabbasippino vā sabbaiddhimanto vā patirūpakampi kātuṃ na sakkonti.
「肩间充实」:两肩胛骨之间,称为肩间;该处肌肉充实圆满,故称「肩间充实」。常人的此处凹陷,两个肩胛骨各自分明。然而大士的身体,从腰部开始,便有一层肌肉向上隆起,直至肩膀,如同竖立的金板般覆盖在背上。显示巴利原文
Citantaraṃsoti antaraṃsaṃ vuccati dvinnaṃ koṭṭānaṃ antaraṃ, taṃ citaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ antaraṃsaṃ assāti citantaraṃso. Aññesañhi taṃ ṭhānaṃ ninnaṃ hoti, dve piṭṭhikoṭṭā pāṭiyekkā paññāyanti. Mahāpurisassa pana kaṭito paṭṭhāya maṃsapaṭalaṃ yāva khandhā uggamma samussitasuvaṇṇaphalakaṃ viya piṭṭhiṃ chādetvā patiṭṭhitaṃ.
「尼拘律陀般圆满」:即像尼拘律陀树那样圆满。譬如一棵高五十肘或百肘、枝干均衡的尼拘律陀树,其高度与广度等量;同样,这位大士的身量与臂展也等量。常人不是身长便是臂展不等,没有如此均等——这就是其含义。正如经中所说「如其身量」等。此处,「如其」即巴利语“yāvatako assa”的意思。显示巴利原文
Nigrodhaparimaṇḍaloti nigrodho viya parimaṇḍalo. Yathā paññāsahatthatāya vā satahatthatāya vā samakkhandhasākho nigrodho dīghatopi vitthāratopi ekappamāṇova hoti, evaṃ kāyatopi byāmatopi ekappamāṇo. Yathā aññesaṃ kāyo dīgho vā hoti byāmo vā, na evaṃ visamappamāṇoti attho. Teneva yāvatakvassa kāyotiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha yāvatako assāti yāvatakvassa.
「圆美颈项」:即圆整美好的颈项。有些人脖子像苍鹭、白鹤或猪那样,或细长、或弯曲、或粗厚,说话时静脉网络清晰可见,声音低弱。大士则不然。大士的颈项,犹如精磨的金锭一般匀称,说话时不见静脉网络,声音宏亮,犹如雷鸣。显示巴利原文
Samavaṭṭakkhandhoti samavaṭṭitakkhandho. Yathā eke koñcā viya ca bakā viya ca varāhā viya ca dīghagalā vaṅkagalā puthulagalā ca honti , kathanakāle sirājālaṃ paññāyati, mando saro nikkhamati, na evaṃ mahāpurisassa. Mahāpurisassa pana suvaṭṭitasuvaṇṇāḷiṅgasadiso khandho hoti, kathanakāle sirājālaṃ na paññāyati, meghassa viya gajjito saro mahā hoti.
“味顶味者”:这里,把味道带走、取走,即称为“味取者”,是对味传导者的同义词;而这些味传导者最为殊胜,所以称为“味顶味者”。据说,大人有七千条味传导者,它们向上延伸,恰好套在颈部。即使只是芝麻大小的食物放在舌尖,也能滋养整个身体。正因如此,他在精勤修习大苦行时,仅靠一粒米饭或一捧绿豆汤,就能维持身体。而其他人没有这样的味传导者,食物的滋养不能遍及全身,所以他们多有疾病。显示巴利原文
Rasaggasaggīti ettha rasaṃ gasanti harantīti rasaggasā. Rasaharaṇīnametaṃ adhivacanaṃ, tā aggā assāti rasaggasaggī. Mahāpurisassa kira sattarasaharaṇīsahassāni uddhaggāni hutvā gīvāyameva paṭimukkāni. Tilaphalamattopi āhāro jivhagge ṭhapito sabbakāyaṃ anupharati. Teneva mahāpadhānaṃ padahantassa ekataṇḍulādīhipi kaḷāyayūsapasatamattenāpi kāyassa yāpanaṃ ahosi. Aññesaṃ pana tathā abhāvā na sakalaṃ kāyaṃ ojā pharati. Tena te bahvābādhā honti.
“狮子颊”:因其脸颊如狮子,故称狮子颊。其中,狮子仅下颚圆满,上颚并不圆满;但大人的上下两颊皆圆满,如同狮子的下颚,又宛如十二日的半月。于是,占相者们只消观察颌骨的边缘,便注意到:在这颌骨中,下排有二十颗牙,上排有二十颗牙,总共四十颗牙齿,排列齐整,密合无隙。他们便禀告:“大王,这位童子有四十颗牙齿。”等等。此处义为:别人即使牙齿齐全,也只有三十二颗,而这位大人将有四十颗。别人的牙齿高低不平,参差不齐;而这位大人的牙齿,平整如用铁板切割的螺片。别人的牙齿像鳄鱼般稀疏,吃肉时齿间塞满肉屑;而这位大人的牙齿,就像竖立在金板上的金刚杵那样紧密无间,又如用棉线标示出的界线那般齐整。别人会长出朽坏的牙齿,有的犬齿会变黑或变色;而这位大人将有极白的犬齿,其光芒超越晨星,焕发耀眼的光辉。显示巴利原文
Sīhasseva hanu assāti sīhahanu. Tattha sīhassa heṭṭhimahanumeva paripuṇṇaṃ hoti, na uparimaṃ. Mahāpurisassa pana sīhassa heṭṭhimaṃ viya dvepi paripuṇṇāni dvādasiyā pakkhassa candasadisāni honti. Atha nemittakā hanukapariyantaṃ olokentāva imesu hanukesu heṭṭhime vīsati uparime vīsatīti cattālīsadantā samā aviraḷā patiṭṭhahissantīti sallakkhetvā ayañhi deva, kumāro cattālīsadanto hotītiādimāhaṃsu. Tatrāyamattho, aññesañhi paripuṇṇadantānampi dvattiṃsa dantā honti. Imassa pana cattālīsaṃ bhavissanti. Aññesañca keci dantā uccā, keci nīcāti visamā honti, imassa pana ayapaṭṭakena chinnasaṅkhapaṭalaṃ viya samā bhavissanti. Aññesaṃ kumbhilānaṃ viya dantā viraḷā honti, macchamaṃsāni khādantānaṃ dantantaraṃ pūrenti. Imassa pana kanakaphalakāyaṃ samussitavajirapanti viya aviraḷā tūlikāya dassitaparicchedā viya dantā bhavissanti. Aññesañca pūtidantā uṭṭhahanti. Tena kāci dāṭhā kāḷāpi vivaṇṇāpi honti. Ayaṃ pana suṭṭhu sukkadāṭho osadhitārakampi atikkamma virocamānāya pabhāya samannāgatadāṭho bhavissati.
“广长舌”:指宽广而长的舌头。其他人的舌头,有的厚、有的薄、有的短、有的硬、有的不平整;而大人的舌头则柔软、修长、宽广、色泽美妙。为消除前来寻求此相者的疑惑,他借着舌的柔软,能将它卷起,如针一般触及两个鼻孔;借着舌的长,能触及双耳孔;借着舌的宽广,能覆盖整个额头直至发际尽头。如此展示出它的柔软、长、宽广的特性,以消除他们的疑惑。正是针对这种具足此三种特征的舌头,才称为“广长舌”。显示巴利原文
Pahūtajivhoti puthulajivho. Aññesaṃ jivhā thūlāpi honti kisāpi rassāpi thaddhāpi visamāpi, mahāpurisassa pana jivhā mudu dīghā puthulā vaṇṇasampannā hoti. So hi etaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ pariyesituṃ āgatānaṃ kaṅkhāvinodanatthaṃ mudukattā taṃ jivhaṃ kathinasūciṃ viya vaṭṭetvā ubho nāsikasotāni parāmasati, dīghattā ubho kaṇṇasotāni parāmasati , puthulattā kesantapariyosānaṃ kevalampi nalāṭaṃ paṭicchādeti. Evamassa mududīghaputhulabhāvaṃ pakāsento tesaṃ kaṅkhaṃ vinodeti. Evaṃ tilakkhaṇasampannaṃ jivhaṃ sandhāya ‘‘pahūtajivho’’ti vuttaṃ.
「梵音」:一般人的声音,或断或裂,或如鸦叫;而这位大人则具足与大梵天王相似的音声。大梵天王因不被胆汁、痰涎所障,故音声清澈。大人往昔所造之业净化了他的声门,因声门清净,音声从脐处发起,清澈显现,并具足八种特质而生起。所谓「发出迦陵频伽鸟般的鸣叫」,即「如迦陵频伽鸟鸣叫者」,意指其音声犹如沉醉的迦陵频伽鸟一般美妙动听。显示巴利原文
Brahmassaroti aññe chinnassarāpi bhinnassarāpi kākassarāpi honti, ayaṃ pana mahābrahmuno sarasadisena sarena samannāgato bhavissati, mahābrahmuno hi pittasemhehi apalibuddhattā saro visado hoti. Mahāpurisenāpi katakammaṃ tassa vatthuṃ sodheti. Vatthuno suddhattā nābhito paṭṭhāya samuṭṭhahanto saro visado aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatova samuṭṭhāti. Karavīko viya bhaṇatīti karavīkabhāṇī, mattakaravīkarutamañjughosoti attho.
「绀目」:并非整个眼睛都是青蓝色,而是在应现青蓝色的部位,眼如亚麻花般极为纯净的青蓝;在应现黄色的部位,如迦尼迦罗花般的黄色;在应现红色的部位,如板球花般的红色;在应现白色的部位,如晨星般的白色;在应现黑色的部位,如阿达利塔花般的黑色。整体看来,宛似金色宫殿中敞开的宝珠狮窗一般。显示巴利原文
Abhinīlanettoti na sakalanīlanetto, nīlayuttaṭṭhāne panassa umāpupphasadisena ativisuddhena nīlavaṇṇena samannāgatāni nettāni honti, pītayuttaṭṭhāne kaṇikārapupphasadisena pītavaṇṇena, lohitayuttaṭṭhāne bandhujīvakapupphasadisena lohitavaṇṇena, setayuttaṭṭhāne osadhitārakasadisena setavaṇṇena, kāḷayuttaṭṭhāne addāriṭṭhakasadisena kāḷavaṇṇena samannāgatāni. Suvaṇṇavimāne ugghāṭitamaṇisīhapañjarasadisāni khāyanti.
「牛眼睫」:此处的「眼睫」指整个眼圈。黑牛犊的眼圈丰厚而脉络分明,红牛犊的眼圈则清晰明净。意指大人的眼圈如同刚刚出生的幼红牛犊那般。常人的眼圈多不圆满,眼睛或如象眼、鼠眼般凸出,或深陷。而大人的眼睛,犹如洗拭洁净后安放的宝珠,其上密布着柔软、光滑、深蓝且纤细的睫毛。显示巴利原文
Gopakhumoti ettha pakhumanti sakalacakkhubhaṇḍaṃ adhippetaṃ, taṃ kāḷavacchakassa bahaladhātukaṃ hoti, rattavacchakassa vippasannaṃ, taṃmuhuttajātataruṇarattavacchakasadisacakkhubhaṇḍoti attho. Aññesañhi cakkhubhaṇḍā aparipuṇṇā honti, hatthimūsikādīnaṃ akkhisadisehi viniggatehipi gambhīrehipi akkhīhi samannāgatā honti. Mahāpurisassa pana dhovitvā majjitvā ṭhapitamaṇiguḷikā viya mudusiniddhanīlasukhumapakhumācitāni akkhīni.
“白毫”指白毫毛。“眉间”指两眉之间、鼻梁正上方,生出后便安立于额头正中央。“白”即极为清净,其色如晨星。“柔软”指如同浸入纯净酥油后取出,又像经过上百次捶打的棉絮那样柔软。“如绵”指如同木棉花的丝絮般绵软,这是对其洁白的比喻。若抓住此白毫末端向外拉出,可长达半臂;一放手,便以右旋方式卷回,尖端向上竖立而住。如同放在金板正中央的银水泡,又如从金瓶中涌出的乳流,更如同晨曦映照的天际中闪耀的晨星,散发着极迷人的光彩。显示巴利原文
Uṇṇāti uṇṇalomaṃ. Bhamukantareti dvinnaṃ bhamukānaṃ vemajjhe nāsikamatthakeyeva jātā, uggantvā pana nalāṭavemajjhe jātā. Odātāti parisuddhā, osadhitārakasamānavaṇṇā. Mudūti sappimaṇḍe osāretvā ṭhapitasatavāravihatakappāsapaṭalasadisā. Tūlasannibhāti simbalitūlalatātūlasamānā, ayamassa odātatāya upamā. Sā panesā koṭiyaṃ gahetvā ākaḍḍhiyamānā upaḍḍhabāhuppamāṇā hoti, vissaṭṭhā dakkhiṇāvaṭṭavasena āvaṭṭitvā uddhaggā hutvā santiṭṭhati. Suvaṇṇaphalakamajjhe ṭhapitarajatapubbuḷakaṃ viya, suvaṇṇaghaṭato nikkhamamānā khīradhārā viya, aruṇappabhārañjite gaganappadese osadhitārakā viya ca atimanoharāya siriyā virocati.
“无见顶相”:这是依据两种含义而说,即额头圆满与头部圆满。从大士的右耳鬓开始,一层肉膜生出,覆盖并充满整个额头,止于左耳鬓,犹如国王绑缚的头巾般闪光。据说,正因见到大士这一相貌,人们后来才为国王制作了头巾。这是第一种含义。至于其他人,头部皆不圆满:有的形如猕猴头,有的如某种果实,有的如骨头,有的如象头,有的如冬瓜,有的则有孔洞。而大士的头则如用锥子旋削而成,极其圆满,犹如水泡。依前一种解释,因头看似包缠头巾,故称“无见顶相”;依后一种解释,因头如头巾般各方面皆为浑圆,故称“无见顶相”。显示巴利原文
Uṇhīsasīsoti idaṃ paripuṇṇanalāṭatañca paripuṇṇasīsataṃ cāti dve atthavase paṭicca vuttaṃ. Mahāpurisassa hi dakkhiṇakaṇṇacūḷikato paṭṭhāya maṃsapaṭalaṃ uṭṭhahitvā sakalanalāṭaṃ chādayamānaṃ pūrayamānaṃ gantvā vāmakaṇṇacūḷikāyaṃ patiṭṭhitaṃ, taṃ rañño bandhauṇhīsapaṭṭo viya virocati. Mahāpurisassa kira imaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ disvā rājūnaṃ uṇhīsapaṭṭaṃ akaṃsu. Ayaṃ tāva eko attho. Aññe pana janā aparipuṇṇasīsā honti, keci kapisīsā, keci phalasīsā, keci aṭṭhisīsā, keci hatthisīsā, keci tumbasīsā, keci pabbhārasīsā. Mahāpurisassa pana āraggena vaṭṭetvā ṭhapitaṃ viya suparipuṇṇaṃ udakapubbuḷasadisaṃ sīsaṃ hoti. Tattha purimanaye uṇhīsaveṭhitasīso viyāti uṇhīsasīso. Dutiyanaye uṇhīsaṃ viya sabbattha parimaṇḍalasīsoti uṇhīsasīso.
毗婆尸佛等同名注释显示巴利原文
Vipassīsamaññāvaṇṇanā
37 “一切欲”等语句,看似是在辨识诸相之后才说的,但不应如此理解。应知,实际上是先令那些相师满意,然后才辨识诸相。其详情已于《入胎品》中述及。“喂乳”即喂予乳汁。据说,为他安排了六十位具有无过失、甜美乳汁的乳母;同样,其余每项事务也都安排了六十位娴熟者;又安排了六十名男子供乳母差遣,以及六十名大臣监督诸事。如此,共有四组六十位女子、两组六十位男子,总计六组六十名侍从。“白伞”指来自天界的白伞,而王室祖传的那把白伞则一直留在吉祥藏阁中。于“莫令他受寒”等句中,意为“勿让寒热等侵害他”。“他如此那”是经中的连接词(so assudaṃ),依音译连声。“从一人的手臂到另一人的手臂”,意指即是将他人之臂视同己臂;“从一人的肩头到另一人的肩头”,指不断地从一人肩膀递至另一人肩膀,如此被递相传抱。显示巴利原文
37.Sabbakāmehīti idaṃ lakkhaṇāni pariggaṇhāpetvā pacchā kataṃ viya vuttaṃ, na panevaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Paṭhamañhi te nemittake santappetvā pacchā lakkhaṇapariggaṇhanaṃ katanti veditabbaṃ. Tassa vitthāro gabbhokkantiyaṃ vuttoyeva. Pāyentīti thaññaṃ pāyenti. Tassa kira niddosena madhurena khīrena samannāgatā saṭṭhi dhātiyo upaṭṭhāpesi, tathā sesāpi tesu tesu kammesu kusalā saṭṭhisaṭṭhiyeva. Tāsaṃ pesanakārake saṭṭhi purise, tassa tassa katākatabhāvaṃ sallakkhaṇe saṭṭhi amacce upaṭṭhāpesi. Evaṃ cattāri saṭṭhiyo itthīnaṃ, dve saṭṭhiyo purisānanti cha saṭṭhiyo upaṭṭhakānaṃyeva ahesuṃ. Setacchattanti dibbasetacchattaṃ. Kuladattiyaṃ pana sirigabbheyeva tiṭṭhati. Mā naṃ sītaṃ vātiādīsu mā abhibhavīti attho veditabbo. Svāssudanti so assudaṃ. Aṅkeneva aṅkanti aññassa bāhunāva aññassa bāhuṃ. Aññassa ca aṃsakūṭeneva aññassa aṃsakūṭaṃ. Parihariyatīti nīyati, sampāpiyatīti attho.
38 「悦耳声」指音质清晰的声响。「优雅声」指娴熟精妙的声音。「甘甜声」指令人愉悦的声音。「可爱声」指能引发爱乐的声音。此处,关于迦陵频伽鸟的甘甜声:据说,迦陵频伽鸟以喙啄食成熟的芒果,饮下流淌的甘甜汁液,然后以翅击节,放声鸣唱。那时,正在觅食的四足动物如饮醉般嬉戏起来,它们丢下口中的草而驻足倾听;猛兽在追踪小动物时,提起一足悬在半空,就那样站着不动;被追逐的小动物也忘了死亡的恐惧,停住了脚步;在空中翔集的飞鸟展翅停留,专注倾听此声,悬止于半空;水中的鱼也张开鳃盖,倾听此声而停止游动。迦陵频伽鸟的甘甜声便是如此。显示巴利原文
38.Mañjussaroti akharassaro. Vaggussaroti chekanipuṇassaro. Madhurassaroti sātassaro. Pemaniyassaroti pemajanakassaro. Tatridaṃ karavīkānaṃ madhurassaratāya – karavīkasakuṇe kira madhurarasaṃ ambapakkaṃ mukhatuṇḍakena paharitvā paggharitarasaṃ pivitvā pakkhena tālaṃ datvā vikūjamāne catuppadā mattā viya laḷituṃ ārabhanti. Gocarapasutāpi catuppadā mukhagatāni tiṇāni chaḍḍetvā taṃ saddaṃ suṇanti. Vāḷamigā khuddakamige anubandhamānā ukkhittaṃ pādaṃ anikkhipitvāva tiṭṭhanti. Anubaddhamigā ca maraṇabhayaṃ jahitvā tiṭṭhanti. Ākāse pakkhandā pakkhinopi pakkhe pasāretvā taṃ saddaṃ suṇamānāva tiṭṭhanti. Udake macchāpi kaṇṇapaṭalaṃ papphoṭetvā taṃ saddaṃ suṇamānāva tiṭṭhanti. Evaṃ madhurassarā karavīkā.
阿桑提蜜多王后是法阿育王的王妃。她问僧团:‘尊者,是否有谁的声音能与佛陀的声音相媲美?’僧团回答:‘有,是迦陵频伽鸟的声音。’‘尊者,那些鸟在哪里?’‘在雪山。’她于是对国王说:‘大王,我想见迦陵频伽鸟。’国王便放出一只金笼,说:‘愿迦陵频伽鸟坐进此笼前来。’金笼飞去,停在一只迦陵频伽鸟面前。鸟心想:‘这是奉国王之命而来的金笼,我不能不去。’便坐了进去。金笼飞回,停在国王面前。他们设法让鸟鸣叫,却发不出迦陵频伽的叫声。于是国王问:‘为何它们不叫?’侍从回答:‘因为没有看到同伴,陛下。’国王便下令以镜子围绕那只鸟。鸟见到自己的影像,以为‘同伴们来了’,便以翅击节,发出甘甜美妙的声音,犹如吹响了宝石之笛。全城的人都如醉般嬉戏起来。阿桑提蜜多心想:‘这畜生尚能发出如此美妙的声音,那获得一切知智庄严的世尊,其声音又当如何美妙啊!’她生起了喜悦,且此喜悦持续不退。在行经七百由旬的路途中,她证得了初果。据说,迦陵频伽鸟的声音便是如此甘甜。然而应知,毗婆尸太子的声显示巴利原文
Asandhimittāpi dhammāsokassa devī – ‘‘atthi nu kho, bhante, buddhassarena sadiso kassaci saro’’ti saṅghaṃ pucchi. Atthi karavīkasakuṇassāti. Kuhiṃ, bhante, te sakuṇāti? Himavanteti. Sā rājānaṃ āha – ‘‘deva, ahaṃ karavīkasakuṇaṃ passitukāmāmhī’’ti. Rājā – ‘‘imasmiṃ pañjare nisīditvā karavīko āgacchatū’’ti suvaṇṇapañjaraṃ vissajjesi. Pañjaro gantvā ekassa karavīkassa purato aṭṭhāsi. So – ‘‘rājāṇāya āgato pañjaro, na sakkā na gantu’’nti tattha nisīdi. Pañjaro āgantvā rañño purato aṭṭhāsi. Na karavīkasaddaṃ kārāpetuṃ sakkonti. Atha rājā – ‘‘kathaṃ, bhaṇe, ime saddaṃ na karontī’’ti āha. Ñātake adisvā devāti. Atha naṃ rājā ādāsehi parikkhipāpesi. So attano chāyaṃ disvā – ‘‘ñātakā me āgatā’’ti maññamāno pakkhena tālaṃ datvā madhurassarena maṇivaṃsaṃ dhamamāno viya viravi. Sakalanagare manussā mattā viya laḷiṃsu. Asandhimittā cintesi – ‘‘imassa tāva tiracchānagatassa evaṃ madhuro saddo, kīdiso nu kho sabbaññutaññāṇasiripattassa bhagavato saddo ahosī’’ti pītiṃ uppādetvā taṃ pītiṃ avijahitvā sattahi jaṅghasatehi saddhiṃ sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāsi. Evaṃ madhuro kira karavīkasaddoti. Tato pana satabhāgena sahassabhāgena ca madhurataro vipassissa kumārassa saddo ahosīti veditabbo.
39 「业果所生」并非通过修习而成就,而是依业果之力,使得天神们的肉眼如同天眼。凭借此眼,纵然将一粒芝麻投进芝麻堆中,也能辨识‘此即是它’而将其取出。显示巴利原文
39.Kammavipākajanti na bhāvanāmayaṃ, kammavipākavasena pana devatānaṃ cakkhusadisameva maṃsacakkhu ahosi , yena nimittaṃ katvā tilavāhe pakkhittaṃ ekatilampi ayaṃ soti uddharitvā dātuṃ sakkoti.
40 「毗婆尸」此处释义:因无有闭眼间的黑暗,清净而见,且睁眼而见,故名毗婆尸;第二种解释为:反复审察而见,即再三抉择而见。显示巴利原文
40.Vipassīti ettha ayaṃ vacanattho, antarantarā nimīlajanitandhakāravirahena visuddhaṃ passati, vivaṭehi ca akkhīhi passatīti vipassī; dutiyavāre viceyya viceyya passatīti vipassī; vicinitvā vicinitvā passatīti attho.
「Atthe panāyatīti」意为:他知晓、见到义理,或引导、推行义理。据说有一天,国王坐在审判席上指导事务时,大臣们带来一位装束严整的「大人」,交到国王手中。国王将他抱在膝上抚爱时,大臣们却故意将有主之人判为无主。王子发出不满的声音。国王说:「这是怎么回事?去查一下。」查后未发现其他原因,便想:「或许是因为判决不公而不满吧。」于是重新将有主之人判归其主。大臣们为试探王子是否真的知情,再次将有主之人判为无主。王子又一次发出同样的不满声。国王这才明白:「这位大人是知事的。」此后,他处理事务不再疏忽。这便是所谓:王子在反复审察后,能正确引导义理。显示巴利原文
Atthe panāyatīti atthe jānāti passati, nayati vā pavattetīti attho. Ekadivasaṃ kira vinicchayaṭṭhāne nisīditvā atthe anusāsantassa rañño alaṅkatapaṭiyattaṃ mahāpurisaṃ ānetvā hatthe ṭhapayiṃsu. Tassa taṃ aṅkekatvā upalāḷayamānasseva amaccā sāmikaṃ assāmikaṃ akaṃsu. Bodhisatto anattamanasaddaṃ nicchāresi. Rājā – ‘‘kimetaṃ, upadhārethā’’ti āha. Upadhāriyamānā aññaṃ adisvā – ‘‘aḍḍassa dubbinicchitattā evaṃ kataṃ bhavissatī’’ti puna sāmikaṃyeva sāmikaṃ katvā ‘‘ñatvā nu kho kumāro evaṃ karotī’’ti vīmaṃsantā puna sāmikaṃ assāmikaṃ akaṃsu. Punapi bodhisatto tatheva saddaṃ nicchāresi. Atha rājā – ‘‘jānāti mahāpuriso’’ti tato paṭṭhāya appamatto ahosi. Idaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘viceyya viceyya kumāro atthe panāyatī’’ti.
42 关于「雨季宫殿」等词:在雨季能安乐居住的宫殿,即称为雨季宫殿。其余诸词亦同此理。然而于此,词义是:雨季的住处名为「Vassa」,适合雨季者称为「Vassika」。其余类推。显示巴利原文
42.Vassikantiādīsu yattha sukhaṃ hoti vassakāle vasituṃ, ayaṃ vassiko. Itaresupi eseva nayo. Ayaṃ panettha vacanattho vassāvāso vassaṃ, vassaṃ arahatīti vassiko. Itaresupi eseva nayo.
其中,雨季宫殿不高不矮,门窗不多不少,亦不粗不细;其地面敷具、坐具、硬食、软食皆须冷热适中。冬季宫殿则柱壁低矮,门窗薄细而有微细孔隙;为引入暖气,墙上砌出外凸部分。其地面敷具、坐垫与衣物须能保暖,如毛毯之类;硬食软食宜油腻、辛辣、少水。夏季宫殿柱壁高耸,门窗多而宽敞;地面敷具等宜用细棉布。食物甘美多汁。窗旁置新水缸,满盛清水,覆以青莲花等。各处更设喷水装置,令水如天雨般流落。显示巴利原文
Tattha vassiko pāsādo nātiucco hoti, nātinīco, dvāravātapānānipissa nātibahūni nātitanūni, bhūmattharaṇapaccattharaṇakhajjabhojjānipettha missakāneva vaṭṭanti. Hemantike thambhāpi bhittiyopi nīcā honti, dvāravātapānāni tanukāni sukhumacchiddāni, uṇhappavesanatthāya bhittiniyūhāni nīhariyanti. Bhūmattharaṇapaccattharaṇanivāsanapārupanāni panettha uṇhaviriyāni kambalādīni vaṭṭanti. Khajjabhojjaṃ siniddhaṃ kaṭukasannissitaṃ nirudakasannissitañca. Gimhike thambhāpi bhittiyopi uccā honti, dvāravātapānāni panettha bahūni vipulajātāni honti, bhūmattharaṇādīni dukūlamayāni vaṭṭanti. Khajjabhojjāni madhurasasannissitabharitāni. Vātapānasamīpesu cettha nava cāṭiyo ṭhapetvā udakassa pūretvā nīluppalādīhi sañchādenti. Tesu tesu padesesu udakayantāni karonti, yehi deve vassante viya udakadhārā nikkhamanti.
「无男子」即没有男子参与。不仅乐器演奏全无男子,一切处所皆无男子:守门者是女人,沐浴等侍者也皆是女人。据说国王心想:‘享受着如此权势与安乐成就的人,若见到男子,便会对男子生起疑虑。我不愿这种疑虑发生在我儿子身上。’因此,所有事务都只用女人。显示巴利原文
Nippurisehīti purisavirahitehi. Na kevalañcettha tūriyāneva nippurisāni, sabbaṭṭhānānipi nippurisāneva, dovārikāpi itthiyova, nahāpanādiparikammakarāpi itthiyova. Rājā kira – ‘‘tathārūpaṃ issariyasukhasampattiṃ anubhavamānassa purisaṃ disvā purisāsaṅkā uppajjati, sā me puttassa mā ahosī’’ti sabbakiccesu itthiyova ṭhapesīti.
关于老人相的注释显示巴利原文
Jiṇṇapurisavaṇṇanā
43 43. 第二诵分:「gopānasivaṅka」指像椽子那样的弯曲。「Bhogganti」指在肩、腰、膝三处的弯曲。「Daṇḍaparāyana」指依靠拐杖行走,以拐杖为依归。「Ātura」指被衰老所逼迫的人。「Gatayobbana」指已度过青年时期,处在生命的最后阶段。「Disvā」是看见的意思:那时,菩萨虽被长达半由旬的军队随行围绕,防卫极为严密,车驾在前,大军在后,就在这样的情况下,净居天诸漏尽梵天运用自己的神通力,在车前示现了那位老人,菩萨见到了这位男子。传说净居天梵天们心想:‘这位大士如同陷入泥沼的大象,沉溺于五种妙欲之中,我们应令他生起正念。’于是便示现了老人。如此示现的形相,菩萨与御者二人共同得见。梵天们为了让菩萨生起不放逸,并使御者能参与对话,才作此示现。「Kiṃ paneso」译为‘这是什么?’意思是:‘此人是个老人,这究竟是什么意思呢?贤友,我此前从未见过这样的模样。’菩萨这样问道。显示巴利原文
43. Dutiyabhāṇavāre gopānasivaṅkanti gopānasī viya vaṅkaṃ. Bhogganti khandhe, kaṭiyaṃ, jāṇūsūti tīsu ṭhānesu bhoggavaṅkaṃ. Daṇḍaparāyananti daṇḍagatikaṃ daṇḍapaṭisaraṇaṃ. Āturanti jarāturaṃ. Gatayobbananti atikkantayobbanaṃ pacchimavaye ṭhitaṃ. Disvāti aḍḍhayojanappamāṇena balakāyena parivuto susaṃvihitārakkhopi gacchanto yadā ratho purato hoti, pacchā balakāyo, tādise okāse suddhāvāsakhīṇāsavabrahmehi attano ānubhāvena rathassa puratova dassitaṃ, taṃ purisaṃ passitvā. Suddhāvāsā kira – ‘‘mahāpuriso paṅke gajo viya pañcasu kāmaguṇesu laggo, satimassa uppādessāmā’’ti taṃ dassesuṃ. Evaṃ dassitañca taṃ bodhisatto ceva passati sārathi ca. Brahmāno hi bodhisattassa appamādatthaṃ sārathissa ca kathāsallāpatthaṃ taṃ dassesuṃ. Kiṃ panesoti ‘‘eso jiṇṇoti kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti, nāhaṃ, bho ito pubbe evarūpaṃ addasa’’nti pucchi.
“Tenaha”:这是“那么”的意思。如果连我也必定会有这样的头发和这样的身体,那么,亲爱的御者,今天就到此为止吧,园林之行已经够了。本来是因为想着“今天我们要去看看园林”才去的,现在(见到老相后)心中生起悚惧,便说出了与悚惧相应的话:“今天对园林之行已经够了。”“Antepuraṃ gato”:指回到后宫,遣散了随从的女众后,独自坐在吉祥殿中。“Yatra hi nāma”:诚然,不论在哪种生存状态,只要那种生存存在,衰老就会显现。那样的生存应当被呵责、被唾弃,这真是可厌——这就是生!’他坐着,深挖出生的根源,就像被第一支箭射中了心脏一样。显示巴利原文
Tenahīti yadi mayhampi evarūpehi kesehi evarūpena ca kāyena bhavitabbaṃ, tena hi samma sārathi. Alaṃ dānajja uyyānabhūmiyāti – ‘‘ajja uyyānabhūmiṃ passissāmā’’ti gacchāma, alaṃ tāya uyyānabhūmiyāti saṃviggahadayo saṃvegānurūpamāha. Antepuraṃ gatoti itthijanaṃ vissajjetvā sirigabbhe ekakova nisinno. Yatra hi nāmāti yāya jātiyā sati jarā paññāyati, sā jāti dhiratthu dhikkatā atthu, jigucchāmetaṃ jātinti, jātiyā mūlaṃ khaṇanto nisīdi, paṭhamena sallena hadaye viddho viya.
45 “Sārathiṃ āmantāpetvā”:意为唤来御者。据说,自从占相师们作出预言的时候起,国王便一直留心探听消息;当他听说“王子在前往园林的途中折返了”,便召来了御者。“Mā heva kho”(千万不要)等句的意思是:让他去治理王国,千万不要出家;愿那些婆罗门的话不要成真——国王心中这样想着。显示巴利原文
45.Sārathiṃ āmantāpetvāti rājā kira nemittakehi kathitakālato paṭṭhāya ohitasoto vicarati, so ‘‘kumāro uyyānaṃ gacchanto antarāmagge nivatto’’ti sutvā sārathiṃ āmantāpesi. Mā heva khotiādīsu rajjaṃ kāretu, mā pabbajatu, brāhmaṇānaṃ vacanaṃ mā saccaṃ hotūti evaṃ cintesīti attho.
关于病人相的注释显示巴利原文
Byādhipurisavaṇṇanā
47 “Addasa kho”:这是“他看见了”的意思,即如同前面所说的方式,看见了净居天所化现的病人。“Ābādhika”:指生病,也就是由于能破坏威仪、与健康相违的疾病而生病。“Dukkhita”:指痛苦,即因病患的折磨而痛苦。“Bāḷhagilāna”:指重病,病得极为严重。“Palipanna”:指陷没,即深深地陷入病苦之中。“Jarā paññāyissati byādhi paññāyissati”:在此,只要那种出生(生存)存在,老与病这两种现象就必定会显现。那样的出生真该被唾弃!唯有未生的境界才是安稳的(即涅槃)。他坐着,深挖出生的根源,如同被第二支箭射中了心脏一样。显示巴利原文
47.Addasa khoti pubbe vuttanayeneva suddhāvāsehi dassitaṃ addasa. Ābādhikanti iriyāpathabhañjanakena visabhāgabādhena ābādhikaṃ. Dukkhitanti rogadukkhena dukkhitaṃ. Bāḷhagilānanti adhimattagilānaṃ. Palipannanti nimuggaṃ. Jarā paññāyissati byādhi paññāyissatīti idhāpi yāya jātiyā sati idaṃ dvayaṃ paññāyati, dhikkatā sā jāti, ajātaṃ khemanti jātiyā mūlaṃ khaṇanto nisīdi, dutiyena sallena viddho viya.
关于死人相的注释显示巴利原文
Kālaṅkatapurisavaṇṇanā
50 “Vilāta”指轿,即棺材。“Peta”指死者,谓从此世离去者。“Kālaṅkata”意为命终,谓完成了应度过的寿命,将应活的全部寿量耗尽、结束而死。梵天们也如前所示现这位死者。“Yatra hi nāma”:此处,只要有生存在,这三种事(老、病、死)便会显现;那生应当呵责,未生的安稳(涅槃)才是安稳。他坐着挖掘生的根源,犹如被第三支箭所射中。显示巴利原文
50.Vilātanti sivikaṃ. Petanti ito paṭigataṃ. Kālaṅkatanti katakālaṃ, yattakaṃ tena kālaṃ jīvitabbaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ katvā niṭṭhapetvā matanti attho. Imampissa purimanayeneva brahmāno dassesuṃ. Yatra hi nāmāti idhāpi yāya jātiyā sati idaṃ tayaṃ paññāyati, dhikkatā sā jāti, ajātaṃ khemanti jātiyā mūlaṃ khaṇanto nisīdi, tatiyena sallena viddho viya.
出家者释义显示巴利原文
Pabbajitavaṇṇanā
52 “Bhaṇḍu”指剃发者(光头)。梵天们也如前所示现这位出家人。“Sādhu dhammacariyā”等句:他思惟“陛下,这法行的状态是善的”,之后说出“出家者”等语。应了知每一词句的对应连结。这一切其实都是十善业道的同义词。最后,“avihiṃsā”(无害)是悲的前行,“anukampā”(慈悯)是慈的前行。“Tenaha”是表示遣使的虚词。他见到出家人后,心倾向于出家,继而想与之交谈,于是遣走御者,说出了“tena hi”等语。显示巴利原文
52.Bhaṇḍunti muṇḍaṃ. Imampissa purimanayeneva brahmāno dassesuṃ. Sādhu dhammacariyātiādīsu ayaṃ deva dhammacaraṇabhāvo sādhūti cintetvā pabbajitoti evaṃ ekamekassa padassa yojanā veditabbā. Sabbāni cetāni dasakusalakammapathavevacanāneva. Avasāne pana avihiṃsāti karuṇāya pubbabhāgo. Anukampāti mettāya pubbabhāgo. Tenahīti uyyojanatthe nipāto. Pabbajitaṃ hissa disvā cittaṃ pabbajjāya ninnaṃ jātaṃ. Atha tena saddhiṃ kathetukāmo hutvā sārathiṃ uyyojento tena hītiādimāha.
菩萨出家释义显示巴利原文
Bodhisattapabbajjāvaṇṇanā
54 那时,比丘们,毗婆尸王子听闻了“出家者的善法行”等语,以及诸多有关在家过患的法谈——例如,为众多随从护卫、受困于妻儿束缚的逼窄家中;又听闻了有关出家者远离功德的法谈——例如,心意如鹿,在林中随心自在而住。他生起出家之念后,便对御者说。显示巴利原文
54.Athakho, bhikkhaveti – ‘‘pabbajitassa sādhu dhammacariyā’’tiādīni ca aññañca bahuṃ mahājanakāyena rakkhiyamānassa puttadārasambādhe ghare vasato ādīnavapaṭisaṃyuttañceva migabhūtena cetasā yathāsukhaṃ vane vasato pabbajitassa vivekānisaṃsapaṭisaṃyuttañca dhammiṃ kathaṃ sutvā pabbajitukāmo hutvā – atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro sārathiṃ āmantesi.
见到这四种相而出家,名为一切菩萨的统绪、恒法、惯例。其他菩萨也如同这位毗婆尸王子,须经久远时劫方能得见。而我们的菩萨却在一日之内便目睹了全部四相,遂作大出离,于阿诺玛河畔出家。因此,当他抵达王舍城,频毗娑罗王问道:‘智者,你为何出家?’他回答说:显示巴利原文
Imāni cattāri disvā pabbajitaṃ nāma sabbabodhisattānaṃ vaṃsova tantiyeva paveṇīyeva. Aññepi ca bodhisattā yathā ayaṃ vipassī kumāro, evaṃ cirassaṃ cirassaṃ passanti. Amhākaṃ pana bodhisatto cattāripi ekadivasaṃyeva disvā mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhamitvā anomānadītīre pabbajito. Teneva rājagahaṃ patvā tattha raññā bimbisārena – ‘‘kimatthaṃ, paṇḍita, pabbajitosīti’’ puṭṭho āha –
见衰老与病苦,
见死亡与寿命灭尽;
见到身着袈裟的出家人,
因此,大王,我便出家了。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Jiṇṇañca disvā dukhitañca byādhitaṃ, Matañca disvā gatamāyusaṅkhayaṃ; Kāsāyavatthaṃ pabbajitañca disvā, Tasmā ahaṃ pabbajitomhi rājā’’ti.
大众追随出家的注释显示巴利原文
Mahājanakāyaanupabbajjāvaṇṇanā
55 听闻他们的话:听了那八万四千众的言语后,他生起此念。「低劣」:下劣、粗恶。「随出家」:随之出家。然而,这里为何不像后面记述肯达帝须随出家时那样,说“从邦都摩帝王城出离后”呢?因为他们出城之后方才听闻。据说,这些人都是毗婆尸王子的侍从大众。他们清晨前来侍候,未见到王子,便去进早餐,用斋后回来问:“王子去了哪里?”听人说“去了园林地”,便想:“就在那儿见他吧。”于是出城。他们望见御者正返回,听闻御者说“王子已出家”,当下便在听闻之处卸下所有装饰,令人从市场取来袈裟色衣,剃除须发,出家了。正因他们是出了城,在城外听闻此事,故而此处未说“从邦都摩帝王城出离后”。显示巴利原文
55.Sutvāna tesanti tesaṃ caturāsītiyā pāṇasahassānaṃ sutvā etadahosi. Orakoti ūnako lāmako. Anupabbajiṃsūti anupabbajitāni . Kasmā panettha yathā parato khaṇḍatissānaṃ anupabbajjāya – ‘‘bandhumatiyā rājadhāniyā nikkhamitvā’’ti vuttaṃ, evaṃ na vuttanti? Nikkhamitvā sutattā. Ete kira sabbepi vipassissa kumārassa upaṭṭhākaparisāva, te pātova upaṭṭhānaṃ āgantvā kumāraṃ adisvā pātarāsatthāya gantvā bhuttapātarāsā āgamma ‘‘kuhiṃ kumāro’’ti pucchitvā ‘‘uyyānabhūmiṃ gato’’ti sutvā ‘‘tattheva naṃ dakkhissāmā’’ti nikkhamantā nivattamānaṃ sārathiṃ disvā – ‘‘kumāro pabbajito’’ti cassa vacanaṃ sutvā sutaṭṭhāneyeva sabbābharaṇāni omuñcitvā antarāpaṇato kāsāvapītāni vatthāni āharāpetvā kesamassuṃ ohāretvā pabbajiṃsu. Iti nagarato nikkhamitvā bahinagare sutattā ettha – ‘‘bandhumatiyā rājadhāniyā nikkhamitvā’’ti na vuttaṃ.
“游行四个月”是指:在所到之处搭建大帐,备办布施,接受那些为邀请次日斋食而来者所求取的施物,依此游行四个月。显示巴利原文
Cārikaṃcaratīti gatagataṭṭhāne mahāmaṇḍapaṃ katvā dānaṃ sajjetvā āgamma svātanāya nimantito janassa āyācitabhikkhameva paṭiggaṇhanto cattāro māse cārikaṃ cari.
“杂沓”是指被这群人围绕。菩萨的这个想法是何时生起的呢?在十四日那天,他想到:“明天是卫塞月圆日了。”据说那时,他心想:“从前我在家时,这些人就这样围绕着我,如今依然如此,我要这许多人做什么?”他对群聚杂居感到厌倦,生起念头:“今天就走吧。”接着又想:“现在不是时候,如果我现在走,所有人都会知道,还是明天再走。”当天,在一个类似优楼频螺的村子里,村民们为次日的斋食做了邀请。他们为那八万四千位出家众和这位大人准备了乳粥。翌日,大人与那些出家众在那个村子一起用过斋饭后,回到了住处。那些出家众服侍过大人之后,便各自前往夜宿处与昼居处。菩萨也走进叶屋,端坐下来。显示巴利原文
Ākiṇṇoti iminā gaṇena parivuto. Ayaṃ pana vitakko bodhisattassa kadā uppannoti? Sve visākhapuṇṇamā bhavissatīti cātuddasīdivase. Tadā kira so – ‘‘yatheva maṃ ime pubbe gihibhūtaṃ parivāretvā caranti, idānipi tatheva, kiṃ iminā gaṇenā’’ti gaṇasaṅgaṇikāya ukkaṇṭhitvā ‘‘ajjeva gacchāmī’’ti cintetvā puna ‘‘ajja avelā, sace idāni gamissāmi, sabbeva ime jānissanti, sveva gamissāmī’’ti cintesi. Taṃ divasañca uruvelagāmasadise gāme gāmavāsino svātanāya nimantayiṃsu. Te caturāsītisahassānampi tesaṃ pabbajitānaṃ mahāpurisassa ca pāyāsameva paṭiyādayiṃsu. Atha mahāpuriso punadivase tasmiṃyeva gāme tehi pabbajitehi saddhiṃ bhattakiccaṃ katvā vasanaṭṭhānameva agamāsi. Tattha te pabbajitā mahāpurisassa vattaṃ dassetvā attano attano rattiṭṭhānadivāṭṭhānāni paviṭṭhā. Bodhisattopi paṇṇasālaṃ pavisitvā nisinno.
正午时分,众鸟敛翅栖息之时;
大森林飒飒作响,那种恐怖令我生畏。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ṭhite majjhanhike kāle, sannisīvesu pakkhisu; Saṇateva brahāraññaṃ, taṃ bhayaṃ paṭibhāti ma’’nti. (saṃ. ni. 1.15);
对于这些不乐独处者,在怖畏之时,当一切众生心怀恐惧之际,他说:“此正其时。”便从叶屋出来,关上门,面向菩提座走去。从前他游历此处时也曾见菩提座,但从未生起安坐其上的念头。那一天,他的智慧已然成熟,因此见到装饰庄严的菩提座后,便生起登座之心。他从南侧走近,右绕之后,在东侧铺设了十四肘长的结跏趺座,决意四支精进,立下誓言:“只要我尚未成佛,绝不从此座起来。”然后坐下。这便是他的独处,故说“他独自一人,远离群体而住。”显示巴利原文
Evarūpe avivekārāmānaṃ bhayakāle sabbasattānaṃ sadarathakāleyeva – ‘‘ayaṃ kālo’’ti nikkhamitvā paṇṇasālāya dvāraṃ pidahitvā bodhimaṇḍābhimukho pāyāsi. Aññadāpi ca tasmiṃ ṭhāne vicaranto bodhimaṇḍaṃ passati, nisīdituṃ panassa cittaṃ na namitapubbaṃ. Taṃ divasaṃ panassa ñāṇaṃ paripākagataṃ, tasmā alaṅkataṃ bodhimaṇḍaṃ disvā ārohanatthāya cittaṃ uppannaṃ. So dakkhiṇadisābhāgena upagamma padakkhiṇaṃ katvā puratthimadisābhāge cuddasahatthaṃ pallaṅkaṃ paññapetvā caturaṅgavīriyaṃ adhiṭṭhahitvā – ‘‘yāva buddho na homi, na tāva ito vuṭṭhahāmī’’ti paṭiññaṃ katvā nisīdi. Idamassa vūpakāsaṃ sandhāya – ‘‘ekova gaṇamhā vūpakaṭṭho vihāsī’’ti vuttaṃ.
「以别的方式」:据说,他们傍晚来到菩萨的住处,围坐在叶屋四周,说道:“夜已深了,请留神。”随后打开叶屋门,未见到他,却并未追问:“他去何处了?”他们说道:“大士大概是厌离了群居生活,欲独居而住吧。我们唯有在他成佛之时才能再见到他了。”说罢,他们便朝着赡部洲的腹地游行而去了。显示巴利原文
Aññenevatānīti te kira sāyaṃ bodhisattassa upaṭṭhānaṃ āgantvā paṇṇasālaṃ parivāretvā nisinnā ‘‘ativikālo jāto, upadhārethā’’ti vatvā paṇṇasālaṃ vivaritvā taṃ apassantāpi ‘‘kuhiṃ gato’’ti nānubandhiṃsu, ‘‘gaṇavāse nibbinno eko viharitukāmo maññe mahāpuriso, buddhabhūtaṃyeva naṃ passissāmā’’ti vatvā antojambudīpābhimukhā cārikaṃ pakkantā.
菩萨决意求法之注释显示巴利原文
Bodhisattaabhivesavaṇṇanā
57 “安住于住处”指在菩提座住了一夜。“独处”指到了静处。“静修”指独一而住。“困苦”即是苦。“死去又再生”这两句,是就相续不断的死与结生而说。“于老死”者:因为他出家时只见到衰老和疾病,所以老死便在他面前显现。因此说“于老死”。如此,以老死为根本而深度投入观察,如同从有顶向下探究一般——那时,比丘们,毘婆尸菩萨心中便生起了这样的念头。显示巴利原文
57.Vāsūpagatassāti bodhimaṇḍe ekarattivāsaṃ upagatassa. Rahogatassāti rahasi gatassa. Paṭisallīnassāti ekībhāvavasena nilīnassa. Kicchanti dukkhaṃ. Cavati ca upapajjati cāti idaṃ dvayaṃ pana aparāparaṃ cutipaṭisandhiṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Jarāmaraṇassāti ettha yasmā pabbajanto jiṇṇabyādhimatteyeva disvā pabbajito, tasmāssa jarāmaraṇameva upaṭṭhāti. Tenevāha – ‘‘jarāmaraṇassā’’ti. Iti jarāmaraṇaṃ mūlaṃ katvā abhiniviṭṭhassa bhavaggato otarantassa viya – atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi.
“如理作意”即方法作意、最初作意。因为若将无常等如实地作意为无常等,便名为如理作意。而这一种——通过修习生灭随观,思惟“什么存在时,生等便存在?什么不存在时,它们便不存在?”——属于其中之一。因此,由这如理作意,也就是这一方法作意,他获得了以慧通达。菩萨的智慧,在老死存在时,便与老死的因相会。那是什么呢?是生。因此说:“有生则有老死存在。”这句话的意思是:把握老死之因的智慧与菩萨相会了。依此方法,应知所有诸句。显示巴利原文
Yonisomanasikārāti upāyamanasikārā pathamanasikārā. Aniccādīni hi aniccāditova manasikaroto yonisomanasikāro nāma hoti. Ayañca – ‘‘kismiṃ nu kho satijātiādīni honti, kismiṃ asati na hontī’’ti udayabbayānupassanāvasena pavattattā tesaṃ aññataro . Tasmāssa ito yonisomanasikārā iminā upāyamanasikārena ahu paññāya abhisamayo, bodhisattassa paññāya yasmiṃ sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hoti, tena jarāmaraṇakāraṇena saddhiṃ samāgamo ahosi. Kiṃ pana tanti? Jāti. Tenāha – ‘‘jātiyā kho sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hotī’’ti. Yā cāyaṃ jarāmaraṇassa kāraṇapariggāhikā paññā, tāya saddhiṃ bodhisattassa samāgamo ahosīti ayamettha attho. Etenupāyena sabbapadāni veditabbāni.
“名色有则识有”这一句中,本应说“行有则识有”以及“无明有则行有”,但这两者都未被采用。为什么呢?因为无明与行属于过去有,此观照并不与它们相契合。毕竟大士是依于现在而投入观察的。难道不见无明与行,便不能成佛吗?确实不能。然而,通过这一观察,他以有、取、爱的方式照见了它们。此处应当详细宣说缘起之法,但这在《清净道论》中已说过了。显示巴利原文
Nāmarūpe kho sati viññāṇanti ettha pana saṅkhāresu sati viññāṇanti ca, avijjāya sati saṅkhārāti ca vattabbaṃ bhaveyya, tadubhayampi na gahitaṃ. Kasmā? Avijjāsaṅkhārā hi atīto bhavo tehi saddhiṃ ayaṃ vipassanā na ghaṭiyati. Mahāpuriso hi paccuppannavasena abhiniviṭṭhoti. Nanu ca avijjāsaṅkhārehi adiṭṭhehi na sakkā buddhena bhavitunti. Saccaṃ na sakkā, iminā pana te bhavaupādānataṇhāvaseneva diṭṭhāti. Imasmiṃ ṭhāne vitthārato paṭiccasamuppādakathā kathetabbā. Sā panesā visuddhimagge kathitāva.
58 “回转”:即折返回来的意思。在此,是什么识回转呢?是结生识与观智。其中,结生识从缘的方面折返,观智从所缘的方面折返。两者都不超越名色,不越出名色而继续。至此,“或生起……乃至……或再生”等句中,当识成为名色的缘,而名色也成为识的缘,两者互为缘时,便仅以此程度而或生起……或再生。除此之外,还有什么可生起、可再生的呢?难道不就是这个在生起、在再生吗?如此,连同前后相续的死与结生,显示了五句之后,再归结为“仅以此程度”所说的含义,说:“即此名色缘识,识缘名色。”此后,为显示依顺缘起的方式,以识缘名色为根本,未来也有生老死,而说“名色缘六处”等。在此,“唯是纯大苦蕴的集起”:即含括生、老、死、愁、叹、苦、忧、恼等类别的苦蕴整体生起。如此,大士见到了整个轮回之苦的生起。显示巴利原文
58.Paccudāvattatīti paṭinivattati. Katamaṃ panettha viññāṇaṃ paccudāvattatīti? Paṭisandhiviññāṇampi vipassanāñāṇampi. Tattha paṭisandhiviññāṇaṃ paccayato paṭinivattati, vipassanāñāṇaṃ ārammaṇato. Ubhayampi nāmarūpaṃ nātikkamati, nāmarūpato paraṃ na gacchati. Ettāvatā jāyetha vātiādīsu viññāṇe nāmarūpassa paccaye honte, nāmarūpe ca viññāṇassa paccaye honte, dvīsupi aññamaññapaccayesu hontesu ettakena jāyetha vā…pe… upapajjetha vā, ito hi paraṃ kiṃ aññaṃ jāyeyya vā…pe… upapajjeyya vā. Nanu etadeva jāyati ca…pe… upapajjati cāti? Evaṃ saddhiṃ aparāparacutipaṭisandhīhi pañca padāni dassetvā puna taṃ ettāvatāti vuttamatthaṃ niyyātento – ‘‘yadidaṃ nāmarūpapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpa’’nti vatvā tato paraṃ anulomapaccayākāravasena viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpamūlaṃ āyatimpi jātijarāmaraṇaṃ dassetuṃ nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanantiādimāha. Tattha kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hotīti sakalassa jātijarāmaraṇasokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsādibhedassa dukkharāsissa nibbatti hoti. Iti mahāpuriso sakalassa vaṭṭadukkhassa nibbattiṃ addasa.
59 “集起、集起”:就是“生起、生起”的意思。“于前未曾闻”:即未曾听闻过的意思。“眼生起”等,是以观见生起的智慧为相。因能见的含义,故称为眼;因能知的含义,故称为智;因了知的含义,故称为慧;因掘除、通达而生的含义,故称为明;因照耀的含义,故称为光。如说:“眼生起,即能见的义理。智生起,即能知的义理。慧生起,即了知的义理。明生起,即通达的义理。光生起,即照耀的义理。眼法以见的义理为本质。智法以知的义理为本质。慧法以了知的义理为本质。明法以通达的义理为本质。光法以照耀的义理为本质。”通过这些语句,说明了什么呢?仅仅是了知“此有故彼有”的缘相认知而已。或者说,这阐述的是行道阶段的稚嫩观。显示巴利原文
59.Samudayosamudayoti khoti nibbatti nibbattīti kho. Pubbe ananussutesūti na anussutesu assutapubbesu. Cakkhuṃ udapādītiādīsu udayadassanapaññāvesā. Dassanaṭṭhena cakkhu, ñātakaraṇaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā, nibbijjhitvā paṭivijjhitvā uppannaṭṭhena vijjā, obhāsaṭṭhena ca ālokoti vuttā. Yathāha – ‘‘cakkhuṃ udapādīti dassanaṭṭhena. Ñāṇaṃ udapādīti ñātaṭṭhena. Paññā udapādīti pajānanaṭṭhena. Vijjā udapādīti paṭivedhaṭṭhena. Āloko udapādīti obhāsaṭṭhena. Cakkhudhammo dassanaṭṭho attho. Ñāṇadhammo ñātaṭṭho attho. Paññādhammo pajānanaṭṭho attho. Vijjādhammo paṭivedhaṭṭho attho. Āloko dhammo obhāsaṭṭho attho’’ti (paṭi. ma. 2.39). Ettakehi padehi kiṃ kathitanti? Imasmiṃ sati idaṃ hotīti paccayasañjānanamattaṃ kathitaṃ. Athavā vīthipaṭipannā taruṇavipassanā kathitāti.
61 “我已通达此”:即“我已证得了此”。“道”:指观道。“为菩提”:是为了觉悟四圣谛,或者为了觉悟涅槃。再者,能觉悟故称为“菩提”,这是圣道的名称,因此也可以说是“为了这个目的”。因为圣道是以观道为根本的。现在为了引出此道,而说“即此名色灭”等。其中,“识灭”等各别词句所说的即是涅槃。如此,大士见到了整个轮回之苦的不生起之灭。显示巴利原文
61.Adhigato kho myāyanti adhigato kho me ayaṃ. Maggoti vipassanāmaggo. Bodhāyāti catusaccabujjhanatthāya, nibbānabujjhanatthāya eva vā. Api ca bujjhatīti bodhi, ariyamaggassetaṃ nāmaṃ, tadatthāyātipi vuttaṃ hoti. Vipassanāmaggamūlako hi ariyamaggoti. Idāni taṃ maggaṃ niyyātento – ‘‘yadidaṃ nāmarūpanirodhātiādimāha. Ettha ca viññāṇanirodhotiādīhi paccattapadehi nibbānameva kathitaṃ. Iti mahāpuriso sakalassa vaṭṭadukkhassa anibbattinirodhaṃ addasa.
62 “灭、灭”:即“不生成、不生成”的意思。“眼”等如前所说。然而在此,所有这些语句,都只是以“此无故彼无”的方式,说明对灭的了知;或者说,是在阐述导向出离的强力观。显示巴利原文
62.Nirodho nirodhoti khoti anibbatti anibbattiti kho. Cakkhuntiādīni vuttatthāneva. Idha pana sabbeheva etehi padehi – ‘‘imasmiṃ asati idaṃ na hotī’’ti nirodhasañjānanamattameva kathitaṃ, athavā vuṭṭhānagāminī balavavipassanā kathitāti.
63 “后时”:指如此了知缘与缘灭之后,随后的阶段。“取蕴”:即作为取的缘的诸蕴。“以生灭随观”:指随观着先前已见到的那种生和灭。“安住”:指他安住于已达顶点的出起观中。为何这样说呢?因为一切圆满波罗蜜的菩萨,在最后一生中,都在儿子出生的那一天离俗出家,行了大出离;出家后精勤修习;登上菩提座,摧破魔军;于初夜随念宿住,中夜获得清净天眼,后夜思惟缘起;随后从出入息念的第四禅那出定,将心专注于五蕴,以生灭的方式见到五十种相,增长观智乃至种姓智,以圣道证悟一切佛的功德。这位大士同样是圆满波罗蜜的人。他依照上述次第完成这一切之后,于后夜从出入息念第四禅那出定,将心置于五蕴,开始了如前所说的生灭随观。正是为了显示这一点,才这样说。显示巴利原文
63.Aparena samayenāti evaṃ paccayañca paccayanirodhañca viditvā tato aparabhāge. Upādānakkhandhesūti upādānassa paccayabhūtesu khandhesu. Udayabbayānupassīti tameva paṭhamaṃ diṭṭhaṃ udayañca vayañca anupassamāno. Vihāsīti sikhāpattaṃ vuṭṭhānagāminivipassanaṃ vahanto vihari. Idaṃ kasmā vuttaṃ? Sabbeyeva hi pūritapāramino bodhisattā pacchimabhave puttassa jātadivase mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhamitvā pabbajitvā padhānamanuyuñjitvā bodhipallaṅkamāruyha mārabalaṃ vidhamitvā paṭhamayāme pubbenivāsaṃ anussaranti, dutiyayāme dibbacakkhuṃ visodhenti, tatiyayāme paccayākāraṃ sammasitvā ānāpānacatutthajjhānato uṭṭhāya pañcasu khandhesu abhinivisitvā udayabbayavasena samapaññāsa lakkhaṇāni disvā yāva gotrabhuñāṇā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā ariyamaggena sakale buddhaguṇe paṭivijjhanti. Ayampi mahāpuriso pūritapāramī. So yathāvuttaṃ sabbaṃ anukkamaṃ katvā pacchimayāme ānāpānacatutthajjhānato uṭṭhāya pañcasu khandhesu abhinivisitvā vuttappakāraṃ udayabbayavipassanaṃ ārabhi. Taṃ dassetuṃ idaṃ vuttaṃ.
其中,“iti rūpaṃ”(这是色)的意思是:这是色,这就是色,在此之外再没有色——以能恼坏的自性及大种与所造色的分类等为开端,通过相、味、现起、足处,完整地把握一切色。“iti rūpassa samudayo”(这是色的集)是说:对这样整体把握了的色,去观察它的集起。这里的“iti”意思是“这样集起”。其详细解释应如此了知:“由无明集而有色集,由渴爱集而有色集,由业集而有色集,由食集而有色集”——见到生起相的人,便见到色蕴的生起。对于灭,也应了知:“由无明灭而有色灭……乃至见到变易相的人,便见到色蕴的灭”。显示巴利原文
Tattha iti rūpanti idaṃ rūpaṃ, ettakaṃ rūpaṃ, ito uddhaṃ rūpaṃ natthīti ruppanasabhāvañceva bhūtupādāyabhedañca ādiṃ katvā lakkhaṇarasapaccupaṭṭhānapadaṭṭhānavasena anavasesarūpapariggaho vutto. Iti rūpassa samudayoti iminā evaṃ pariggahitassa rūpassa samudayadassanaṃ vuttaṃ. Tattha itīti evaṃ samudayo hotīti attho. Tassa vitthāro – ‘‘avijjāsamudayā rūpasamudayo, taṇhāsamudayā rūpasamudayo, kammasamudayā rūpasamudayo, āhārasamudayā rūpasamudayoti, nibbattilakkhaṇaṃ passantopi rūpakkhandhassa udayaṃ passatī’’ti evaṃ veditabbo. Atthaṅgamepi ‘‘avijjānirodhā rūpanirodho…pe… vipariṇāmalakkhaṇaṃ passantopi rūpakkhandhassa nirodhaṃ passatī’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.50) ayamassa vitthāro.
在「这是受」(iti vedanā)等的解说中也是如此:这是受,这便是受,除此别无他受;这是想,这些是行,这是识,这便是识,除此别无他识——以感受、了知、造作、识别的自性,并以乐受等、色想等、触等、眼识等种种分类为开端,通过相、味、现起、足处而完整地把握了一切受想行识。而「这是受的集」(iti vedanāya samudayo)等,是说对如此全面把握了的受想行识,去观察它们的集起。其中,「iti」也是「这样集起」的意思。它们的详细解释,也当如对色蕴中已说过的方式那样来了知,即「由无明集故有受集」等。不过有一点不同:在受想行三蕴中,不应说「由食集故」,而应说「由触集故」;在识蕴中,应说「由名色集故」。灭句也当依各自的情况来相应配合。这是此处的略说,而关于生灭的详尽抉择,在《清净道论》中已依一切行相圆满地阐明。当那位修观的菩萨在这些色等五取蕴上,以五十种相随观生灭而安住时,他的观智次第增长,那些名为漏的烦恼,由于不复生起而完全息灭,他的心便不执取、不抓取任何事物,即如此得解脱。这在道”
},
{显示巴利原文
Iti vedanātiādīsupi ayaṃ vedanā, ettakā vedanā, ito uddhaṃ vedanā natthi. Ayaṃ saññā, ime saṅkhārā, idaṃ viññāṇaṃ, ettakaṃ viññāṇaṃ, ito uddhaṃ viññāṇaṃ natthīti vedayitasañjānanaabhisaṅkharaṇavijānanasabhāvañceva sukhādirūpasaññādi phassādi cakkhuviññāṇādi bhedañca ādiṃ katvā lakkhaṇarasapaccupaṭṭhānapadaṭṭhānavasena anavasesavedanāsaññāsaṅkhāraviññāṇapariggaho vutto. Iti vedanāya samudayotiādīhi pana evaṃ pariggahitānaṃ vedanāsaññāsaṅkhāraviññāṇānaṃ samudayadassanaṃ vuttaṃ. Tatrāpi itīti evaṃ samudayo hotīti attho. Tesampi vitthāro – ‘‘avijjāsamudayā vedanāsamudayo’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.50) rūpe vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Ayaṃ pana viseso – tīsu khandhesu ‘‘āhārasamudayā’’ti avatvā ‘‘phassasamudayā’’ti vattabbaṃ. Viññāṇakkhandhe ‘‘nāmarūpasamudayā’’ti atthaṅgamapadampi tesaṃyeva vasena yojetabbaṃ. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana udayabbayavinicchayo sabbākāraparipūro visuddhimagge vutto. Tassa pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu udayabbayānupassino viharatoti tassa vipassissa bodhisattassa imesu rūpādīsu pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu samapaññāsalakkhaṇavasena udayabbayānupassino viharato yathānukkamena vaḍḍhite vipassanāñāṇe anuppādanirodhena nirujjhamānehi āsavasaṅkhātehi kilesehi anupādāya aggahetvāva cittaṃ vimuccati, tadetaṃ maggakkhaṇe vimuccati nāma, phalakkhaṇe vimuttaṃ nāma; maggakkhaṇe vā vimuttañceva vimuccati ca, phalakkhaṇe vimuttameva.
到这时,大士脱离了一切系缚,他的心续就像被阳光照触的莲花那样,极为绽放。他把四道智、四果智、四无碍解、四生处分判智、五趣分判智、六不共智以及一切佛功德全部掌握在手,圆满成就,就坐在菩提座上——显示巴利原文
Ettāvatā ca mahāpuriso sabbabandhanā vippamutto sūriyarasmisamphuṭṭhamiva padumaṃ suvikasitacittasantāno cattāri maggañāṇāni, cattāri phalañāṇāni, catasso paṭisambhidā, catuyoniparicchedakañāṇaṃ, pañcagatiparicchedakañāṇaṃ, cha asādhāraṇañāṇāni, sakale ca buddhaguṇe hatthagate katvā paripuṇṇasaṅkappo bodhipallaṅke nisinnova –
「Anekajātisaṃsāraṃ, sandhāvissaṃ anibbisaṃ;」——在无尽的生死轮回中,我流转寻觅,却始终找不到(造屋者)。
「Gahakāraṃ gavesanto, dukkhā jāti punappunaṃ.」 寻找着那造屋的人,却只有一次又一次痛苦的出生。
造屋者,我已见你,你不再造屋;
你的椽子悉已断折,屋脊亦已摧毁;
心已归于无为,证得渴爱灭尽。
犹如被铁锤击打而炽燃的火焰,
渐次息灭之后,便不知其去向。
同样地,那些正解脱、已渡越欲的束缚与瀑流者,
已证得不动之乐者,其去向无法指出。」
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Anekajātisaṃsāraṃ, sandhāvissaṃ anibbisaṃ; Gahakāraṃ gavesanto, dukkhā jāti punappunaṃ. Gahakāraka diṭṭhosi, puna gehaṃ na kāhasi; Sabbā te phāsukā bhaggā, gahakūṭaṃ visaṅkhataṃ; Visaṅkhāragataṃ cittaṃ, taṇhānaṃ khayamajjhagā’’ti. (dha. pa. 153, 154); ‘‘Ayoghanahatasseva, jalato jātavedaso; Anupubbūpasantassa, yathā na ñāyate gati. Evaṃ sammāvimuttānaṃ, kāmabandhoghatārinaṃ; Paññāpetuṃ gati natthi, pattānaṃ acalaṃ sukha’’nti. (udā. 80);
如此作意之后,他犹如秋天的太阳,又如满月,朗然照耀。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ manasi karonto sarade sūriyo viya, puṇṇacando viya ca virocitthāti.
梵天劝请事注释显示巴利原文
Brahmayācanakathāvaṇṇanā
64 在第三诵分中,“yaṃnūnāhaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ”(如果我教导法),意思是:假如我去教导佛法。那么,此思惟是何时生起的呢?是在成佛后的第八个七日。据说,他成佛之后,在菩提座上坐了七日;站立注视菩提座七日;在宝经行处经行七日;在宝屋中择法而坐七日;在阿阇波罗榕树下坐了七日;在目真邻陀树下坐了七日;在王园树下坐了七日。他从那里起身,于第八个七日回到阿阇波罗榕树下,刚刚坐下,便生起了一切佛陀所惯常生起的这个思惟,以及紧随其后的那个思惟。显示巴利原文
64. Tatiyabhāṇavāre yaṃnūnāhaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyanti yadi panāhaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ. Ayaṃ pana vitakko kadā uppannoti? Buddhabhūtassa aṭṭhame sattāhe. So kira buddho hutvā sattāhaṃ bodhipallaṅke nisīdi, sattāhaṃ bodhipallaṅkaṃ olokento aṭṭhāsi, sattāhaṃ ratanacaṅkame caṅkami, sattāhaṃ ratanagabbhe dhammaṃ vicinanto nisīdi, sattāhaṃ ajapālanigrodhe nisīdi, sattāhaṃ mucalinde nisīdi, sattāhaṃ rājāyatane nisīdi. Tato uṭṭhāya aṭṭhame sattāhe puna āgantvā ajapālanigrodhe nisinnamattasseva sabbabuddhānaṃ āciṇṇasamāciṇṇo ayañceva ito anantaro ca vitakko uppannoti.
在这里,「已证得」指已通达、已彻知。「法」指四圣谛法。「甚深」这个词,是遮遣浅显状态的说法。「难见」:正因为甚深,所以难见,即必须艰难地才能见到,不可能轻易地见到。正因为难见,所以「难觉」,即必须艰难地才能觉悟,不可能轻易地觉悟。「寂静」指已寂灭。「殊胜」指不带来热恼。这两个词是针对出世间法而说的。「非寻思所能行境」:指不能以逻辑推理去行境、去深入,只能以智慧去行境。「微妙」即细致。「唯智者所证知」:指唯有已践行正道的智者才能证知。「乐于阿赖耶」:有情众生粘着于五种欲乐,因此那些被称为阿赖耶。一百零八种渴爱游行之境也称为阿赖耶,因为它们就是执着的对象,故称阿赖耶。因为乐于那些阿赖耶,所以叫「乐于阿赖耶」。于阿赖耶中欢喜,故称「阿赖耶中喜」。于阿赖耶中极欢喜,故称「阿赖耶中极悦」。正如一位国王进入一座布置精巧、花果树木丰茂的园林,因种种妙好而欢乐、喜悦、高兴,不生厌倦,到了傍晚也不想离开;同样地,这些众生也因欲乐阿赖耶和渴爱阿赖耶而欢乐,在轮回中转起喜悦、不生厌倦而安住。因此,世尊将这两种阿赖耶示如园林,而说「乐于阿赖耶」等语。显示巴利原文
Tattha adhigatoti paṭividdho. Dhammoti catusaccadhammo. Gambhīroti uttānabhāvapaṭikkhepavacanametaṃ. Duddasoti gambhīrattāva duddaso dukkhena daṭṭhabbo, na sakkā sukhena daṭṭhuṃ. Duddasattāva duranubodho dukkhena avabujjhitabbo, na sakkā sukhena avabujjhituṃ. Santoti nibbuto. Paṇītoti atappako. Idaṃ dvayaṃ lokuttarameva sandhāya vuttaṃ. Atakkāvacaroti takkena avacaritabbo ogāhitabbo na hoti, ñāṇeneva avacaritabbo. Nipuṇoti saṇho. Paṇḍitavedanīyoti sammāpaṭipadaṃ paṭipannehi paṇḍitehi veditabbo. Ālayarāmāti sattā pañcasu kāmaguṇesu allīyanti, tasmā te ālayāti vuccanti. Aṭṭhasatataṇhāvicaritāni ālayanti, tasmā ālayāti vuccanti. Tehi ālayehi ramantīti ālayarāmā. Ālayesu ratāti ālayaratā. Ālayesu suṭṭhu muditāti ālayasammuditā. Yatheva hi susajjitaṃ pupphaphalabharitarukkhādisampannaṃ uyyānaṃ paviṭṭho rājā tāya tāya sampattiyā ramati, pamudito āmodito hoti, na ukkaṇṭhati, sāyaṃ nikkhamituṃ na icchati, evamimehipi kāmālayataṇhālayehi sattā ramanti, saṃsāravaṭṭe pamuditā anukkaṇṭhitā vasanti. Tena nesaṃ bhagavā duvidhampi ālayaṃ uyyānabhūmiṃ viya dassento – ‘‘ālayarāmā’’tiādimāha.
「Yadidaṃ」是个小品词,就其位置而言,应理解为「yaṃ idaṃ」(这一种);就缘起而言,应理解为「yo ayaṃ」(这一个),应如此看待其义。「此缘性缘起」:这些缘称为此缘,此缘本身即此缘性,此缘性即是缘起,故称此缘性缘起。这是对无明等作为行等之缘的称呼。「一切行的寂止」等,全部是指涅槃。因为依止于它,一切行的纷扰得以寂止、平息,故称「一切行的寂止」。又因为依止于它,一切依着皆被舍离,一切渴爱皆灭尽,一切烦恼欲染皆离染,一切苦皆灭尽,故称「一切依着的舍离、渴爱的灭尽、离染、灭」。而那个渴爱,因为它将「有」与「有」结合,或将业与果结合而编织、连接,故称为「编织」。从那个编织中出离者,即是涅槃。「那会成为我的疲劳」:意思是,对于不知者说法,那会成为我的疲劳,会成为我的困扰。这是指身体的疲劳和身体的困扰;然而,在佛陀的心中,这两种情况都不存在。显示巴利原文
Yadidanti nipāto, tassa ṭhānaṃ sandhāya – ‘‘yaṃ ida’’nti, paṭiccasamuppādaṃ sandhāya – ‘‘yo aya’’nti evamattho daṭṭhabbo. Idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppādoti imesaṃ paccayā idappaccayā, idappaccayā eva idappaccayatā, idappaccayatā ca sā paṭiccasamuppādo cāti idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppādo. Saṅkhārādipaccayānaṃ avijjādīnaṃ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Sabbasaṅkhārasamathotiādi sabbaṃ nibbānameva. Yasmā hi taṃ āgamma sabbasaṅkhāravipphanditāni sammanti vūpasammanti tasmā – ‘‘sabbasaṅkhārasamatho’’ti vuccati. Yasmā ca taṃ āgamma sabbe upadhayo paṭinissaṭṭhā honti, sabbā taṇhā khīyanti , sabbe kilesarāgā virajjanti, sabbaṃ dukkhaṃ nirujjhati, tasmā ‘‘sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho’’ti vuccati. Sā panesā taṇhā bhavena bhavaṃ, phalena vā saddhiṃ kammaṃ vinati saṃsibbatīti katvā vānanti vuccati. Tato vānato nikkhantanti nibbānaṃ. So mamassa kilamathoti yā ajānantānaṃ desanā nāma, so mama kilamatho assa, sā mama vihesā assāti attho. Kāyakilamatho ceva kāyavihesā ca assāti vuttaṃ hoti, citte pana ubhayampetaṃ buddhānaṃ natthi.
65 「Apissu」是一个表示加强语气的小品词,它表明“不单单是这个心生起,就连这些偈颂也显现了”这层含义。在“向维巴西”等句中,意思是:向维巴西世尊、阿拉汉、正自觉者。“不希奇”即不稀有。“显现”:它们成为名为辩才之智的所缘,达到了可被思惟的状态。显示巴利原文
65.Apissūti anubrūhanatthe nipāto. So – ‘‘na kevalaṃ etadahosi, imāpi gāthā paṭibhaṃsū’’ti dīpeti. Vipassintiādīsu vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassāti attho. Anacchariyāti anuacchariyā. Paṭibhaṃsūti paṭibhānasaṅkhātassa ñāṇassa gocarā ahesuṃ, parivitakkayitabbataṃ pāpuṇiṃsu.
“艰难地”:指辛苦地,并非指苦行道。因为诸佛的四道皆是乐行道。然而,这是针对圆满波罗蜜时期的行道而言:那时,他尚有贪瞋痴,面对来来往往的乞求者,布施已装饰妥当的头,割断后取出喉中鲜血,挖出涂有锑彩的双眼,布施作为家族明灯的儿子、言行合意的妻子等;以及在忍辱仙人等生命形态中遭受割截等痛苦之时。这里的「Halaṃ」中的「ha」仅为小品词,意为“足够”。“令开显”:即教导。意思是:如此艰难证得的法,已足够,何必再教导?“被贪瞋所败”:指被贪瞋所触、被贪瞋所随逐者。显示巴利原文
Kicchenāti dukkhena, na dukkhāya paṭipadāya. Buddhānañhi cattāropi maggā sukhapaṭipadāva honti. Pāramīpūraṇakāle pana sarāgasadosasamohasseva sato āgatāgatānaṃ yācakānaṃ alaṅkatapaṭiyattaṃ sīsaṃ chinditvā galalohitaṃ nīharitvā suañjitāni akkhīni uppāṭetvā kulavaṃsapadīpakaṃ puttaṃ manāpacāriniṃ bhariyanti evamādīni dentassa aññāni ca khantivādisadisesu attabhāvesu chejjabhejjādīni pāpuṇantassa āgamanīyapaṭipadaṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. Halanti ettha hakāro nipātamatto, alanti attho. Pakāsitunti desetuṃ; evaṃ kicchena adhigatassa dhammassa alaṃ desetuṃ; ko attho desitenāti vuttaṃ hoti. Rāgadosaparetehīti rāgadosaphuṭṭhehi rāgadosānugatehi vā.
“逆流而行”:指逆于常等之流,趋向无常、苦、无我、不净的四圣谛法。“被贪染著”:指被欲贪、有贪、见贪所染著。“他们将不见”:他们将无法以无常、苦、无我、不净的真实本质而见到;他们不见,又有谁能令他们如此执持呢?“被黑暗蕴所覆”:指被无明积聚所覆盖。显示巴利原文
Paṭisotagāminti niccādīnaṃ paṭisotaṃ aniccaṃ dukkhamanattāsubhanti evaṃ gataṃ catusaccadhammaṃ. Rāgarattāti kāmarāgena bhavarāgena diṭṭhirāgena ca rattā. Na dakkhantīti aniccaṃ dukkhamanattā asubhanti iminā sabhāvena na passissanti , te apassante ko sakkhissati evaṃ gāhāpetuṃ? Tamokhandhena āvuṭāti avijjārāsinā ajjhotthaṭā.
「Appossukkatāya」:意为无勤勉、不欲作为的状态,也就是不想说法。然而,他的心为何会如此转向呢?难道他不是——“已解脱者,我将令解脱;已渡者,我将令渡”?显示巴利原文
Appossukkatāyāti nirussukkabhāvena, adesetukāmatāyāti attho. Kasmā panassa evaṃ cittaṃ nami? Nanu esa – ‘‘mutto mocessāmī, tiṇṇo tāressāmi’’,
‘‘Kiṃ me aññātavesena, dhammaṃ sacchikatenidha; Sabbaññutaṃ pāpuṇitvā, santāressaṃ sadevaka’’nti.
他发了愿,圆满波罗蜜,证得一切知智。这的确是事实,然而正是由于他反复省察的力量,心才如此转向。当他证得一切知智之后,观察众生的烦恼之浓厚与法的甚深,众生的烦恼浓厚性与法的甚深性便以一切方式清楚地显现出来。于是他想:“这些众生,犹如灌满酸粥的葫芦、盛满酪浆的缸、浸透油脂的破布、涂满膏药的手,充满烦恼,极度污染,贪得入迷、嗔得有毒、痴得昏昧,他们能觉悟什么呢?”当他这样思惟时,正是借着观察烦恼浓厚的力量,心便如此转向。显示巴利原文
Patthanaṃ katvā pāramiyo pūretvā sabbaññutaṃ pattoti. Saccametaṃ, paccavekkhaṇānubhāvena panassa evaṃ cittaṃ nami. Tassa hi sabbaññutaṃ patvā sattānaṃ kilesagahanataṃ dhammassa ca gambhīrataṃ paccavekkhantassa sattānaṃ kilesagahanatā ca dhammagambhīratā ca sabbākārena pākaṭā jātā. Athassa – ‘‘ime sattā kañjikapuṇṇalābu viya takkabharitacāṭi viya vasātelapītapilotikā viya añjanamakkhitahatthā viya kilesabharitā atisaṃkiliṭṭhā rāgarattā dosaduṭṭhā mohamūḷhā, te kiṃ nāma paṭivijjhissantī’’ti cintayato kilesagahanapaccavekkhaṇānubhāvenāpi evaṃ cittaṃ nami.
“而且,这个法就像支撑大地的大水蕴一样甚深;就像被山遮盖而放着的芥子一样难见;就像要把劈成百份的马尾末端再与末端相接那样难以理解。不是吗,我为了现证这个法而精勤时,没有未施过的布施,没有未守护的戒,也没有任何未圆满的波罗蜜。可是,在我好像以不费力摧毁魔军时,大地也没有震动;初夜随念宿住时,也没有震动;中夜净化天眼时,也没有震动;只有后夜现观缘起时,我的十千世界界才震动起来。如此,即使是我这样有锐利智慧的人,也是艰难地现证这个法,世间的一般大众又怎么能够现证呢?”当他这样以观察法甚深的力量思惟时,应知心同样这么转向。显示巴利原文
‘‘Ayañca dhammo pathavīsandhārakaudakakkhandho viya gambhīro, pabbatena paṭicchādetvā ṭhapito sāsapo viya duddaso, satadhā bhinnassa vālassa koṭiyā koṭiṃ paṭipādanaṃ viya duranubodho, nanu mayā hi imaṃ dhammaṃ paṭivijjhituṃ vāyamantena adinnaṃ dānaṃ nāma natthi, arakkhitaṃ sīlaṃ nāma natthi, aparipūritā kāci pāramī nāma natthi. Tassa me nirussāhaṃ viya mārabalaṃ vidhamantassāpi pathavī na kampittha, paṭhamayāme pubbenivāsaṃ anussarantassāpi na kampittha, majjhimayāme dibbacakkhuṃ visodhentassāpi na kampittha, pacchimayāme pana paṭiccasamuppādaṃ paṭivijjhantasseva me dasasahassilokadhātu kampittha. Iti mādisenāpi tikkhañāṇena kicchenevāyaṃ dhammo paṭividdho taṃ lokiyamahājanā kathaṃ paṭivijjhissantī’’ti dhammagambhīratāpaccavekkhaṇānubhāvenāpi evaṃ cittaṃ namīti veditabbaṃ.
再者,当梵天请求时,他也带着想说法的意愿,使心这样转向。因为世尊知道:‘当我的心以不活跃状态转向时,大梵天就会来请求我说法。而这些众生敬重梵天,他们将会这样想:“听说大师本来不愿意说法,后来是大梵天请求之后才让大师说法,这法真是寂静,这法真是崇高。”这样,他们就会乐于听闻了。’基于这个原因,他的心才转向不活跃状态,而不是转向说法。这一点应当如此理解。显示巴利原文
Apica brahmunā yācite desetukāmatāyapissa evaṃ cittaṃ nami. Jānāti hi bhagavā – ‘‘mama appossukkatāya citte namamāne maṃ mahābrahmā dhammadesanaṃ yācissati, ime ca sattā brahmagarukā, te ‘satthā kira dhammaṃ na desetukāmo ahosi, atha naṃ mahābrahmā yācitvā desāpesi, santo vata bho dhammo, paṇīto vata bho dhammo’ti maññamānā sussūsissantī’’ti. Imampissa kāraṇaṃ paṭicca appossukkatāya cittaṃ nami, no dhammadesanāyāti veditabbaṃ.
66 “某位”——这里虽然说是“某位”,但应当知道,正是此世界中的大梵天。“世间啊,实在是在毁灭了”——据说他这样发出声音,让十千世界的梵天都听到了,全都聚集而来。“在此世间”,即在名为“世间”的地方。“出现于前”,指他与那一万位梵天一同出现。“少尘垢者”:在慧眼中,这些人的贪、瞋、痴尘垢极少,由于具有这种性质,故称为“少尘垢者”。“因未闻”:即由于未曾听闻的缘故。“将成为……法之了悟者”:这是显示,由于在过去诸佛那里依十种福业事而修行,已经达到成熟,如同莲花期盼日光的触抚,只盼望着法教,在四句偈颂结束时能证入圣位的,并非一个、两个,而是有数百千众生,他们将成为法之了悟者。显示巴利原文
66.Aññatarassāti ettha kiñcāpi ‘‘aññataro’’ti vuttaṃ, atha kho imasmiṃ cakkavāḷe jeṭṭhakamahābrahmā esoti veditabbo. Nassati vata bho lokoti so kira imaṃ saddaṃ tathā nicchāresi, yathā dasasahassilokadhātubrahmāno sutvā sabbe sannipatiṃsu. Yatra hi nāmāti yasmiṃ nāma loke. Purato pāturahosīti tehi dasahi brahmasahassehi saddhiṃ pāturahosi. Apparajakkhajātikāti paññāmaye akkhimhi appaṃ parittaṃ rāgadosamoharajaṃ etesaṃ, evaṃ sabhāvāti apparajakkhajātikā. Assavanatāti assavanatāya. Bhavissantīti purimabuddhesu dasapuññakiriyavatthuvasena katādhikārā paripākagatā padumāni viya sūriyarasmisamphassaṃ, dhammadesanaṃyeva ākaṅkhamānā catuppadikagāthāvasāne ariyabhūmiṃ okkamanārahā na eko, na dve, anekasatasahassā dhammassa aññātāro bhavissantīti dasseti.
69 “劝请”,指这样三遍的请求。“以佛眼”:即用根上下智与意乐随眠智。因为这两种智名为“佛眼”,一切知智名为“周遍眼”,三道智名为“法眼”。关于“少尘垢”等,如果按照前面所说的方法,在慧眼中贪等尘垢少的人,就是“少尘垢者”;那些尘垢多的人,就是“多尘垢者”;如果信等根很利,就是“利根者”;如果那些根很钝,就是“钝根者”;如果他们的信等行相美妙,就是“善行相者”;如果能够觉察所说的道理、容易开导的,就是“易晓喻者”;如果把其他世间与罪过都视为怖畏的,就叫做“见他世与罪过怖畏者”。显示巴利原文
69.Ajjhesananti evaṃ tikkhattuṃ yācanaṃ. Buddhacakkhunāti indriyaparopariyattañāṇena ca āsayānusayañāṇena ca. Imesañhi dvinnaṃ ñāṇānaṃ ‘‘buddhacakkhū’’ti nāmaṃ, sabbaññutaññāṇassa ‘‘samantacakkhū’’ti, tiṇṇaṃ maggañāṇānaṃ ‘‘dhammacakkhū’’ti. Apparajakkhetiādīsu yesaṃ vuttanayeneva paññācakkhumhi rāgādirajaṃ appaṃ, te apparajakkhā. Yesaṃ taṃ mahantaṃ, te mahārajakkhā. Yesaṃ saddhādīni indriyāni tikkhāni, te tikkhindriyā. Yesaṃ tāni mudūni, te mudindriyā. Yesaṃ teyeva saddhādayo ākārā sundarā, te svākārā. Ye kathitakāraṇaṃ sallakkhenti, sukhena sakkā honti viññāpetuṃ, te suviññāpayā. Ye paralokañceva vajjañca bhayato passanti, te paralokavajjabhayadassāvino nāma.
此处的经文是:“具信的补特伽罗是少尘垢者,无信的补特伽罗是多尘垢者……精进者……懈怠者……念现前者……失念者……得定者……不得定者……有慧者……劣慧者是多尘垢者。同样,具信的补特伽罗是利根者……有慧的补特伽罗是见他世与罪过怖畏者,劣慧的补特伽罗是不见他世与罪过怖畏者。”“世间”,指蕴的世间、界的世间、处的世间、成就的有趣世间、失败的有趣世间、成就所依的世间、失败所依的世间。一世间:一切有情都依靠食而住立。二世间:名与色。三世间:三类受。四世间:四种食。五世间:五取蕴。六世间:内六处。七世间:七识住。八世间:八世间法。九世间:九有情居。十世间:十处。十二世间:十二处。十八世间:十八界。“罪过”:一切烦恼是罪过,一切恶行是罪过,一切行作是罪过,一切导向有的业是罪过。像这样,对此世间与罪过生起强烈的怖畏想,如同面对举着刀的杀人者。通过这五十种方式,了知、看见、识别、通达这五根,这就是如来的‘根上下智’。”(《无碍解道》1.112)显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ panettha pāḷi – ‘‘saddho puggalo apparajakkho, assaddho puggalo mahārajakkho.… Āraddhavīriyo…pe… kusīto… upaṭṭhitassati… muṭṭhassati… samāhito… asamāhito… paññavā… duppañño puggalo mahārajakkho. Tathā saddho puggalo tikkhindriyo…pe… paññavā puggalo paralokavajjabhayadassāvī, duppañño puggalo na paralokavajjabhayadassāvī. Lokoti khandhaloko, dhātuloko, āyatanaloko, sampattibhavaloko, vipattibhavaloko, sampattisambhavaloko, vipattisambhavaloko. Eko loko – sabbe sattā āhāraṭṭhitikā. Dve lokā – nāmañca rūpañca. Tayo lokā – tisso vedanā. Cattāro lokā – cattāro āhārā. Pañca lokā – pañcupādānakkhandhā. Cha lokā – cha ajjhattikāni āyatanāni. Satta lokā – satta viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo. Aṭṭha lokā – aṭṭha lokadhammā. Nava lokā – nava sattāvāsā. Dasa lokā – dasāyatanāni. Dvādasa lokā – dvādasāyatanāni. Aṭṭhārasa lokā – aṭṭhārasa dhātuyo. Vajjanti sabbe kilesā vajjaṃ, sabbe duccaritā vajjaṃ, sabbe abhisaṅkhārā vajjaṃ, sabbe bhavagāmikammā vajjaṃ. Iti imasmiñca loke imasmiñca vajje tibbā bhayasaññā paccupaṭṭhitā hoti, seyyathāpi ukkhittāsike vadhake . Imehi paññāsāya ākārehi imāni pañcindriyāni jānāti passati aññāti paṭivijjhati, idaṃ tathāgatassa indriyaparopariyatte ñāṇa’’nti (paṭi. ma. 1.112).
“在青莲花池”(uppaliniyanti),即指在青莲花林中。其余名称也依此理解。“内沉而生长”(antonimuggaposīnīti),是指其他一些红莲花也是内沉而生长。“超出水面而立”(udakaṃ accuggamma ṭhitānīti),是指超出水面而住立。其中,那些超出水面而立的花,正期盼着触受日光,是今日将要开放的;与水面平齐而立的花,是明日将要开放的;尚未长出水面、在水下生长的花,是后日将要开放的。而那些始终未能长出水面、名为其他水生青莲等的花,则永远不会开放,只能成为鱼鳖的食物。这类花虽未直接列于经文,但也应引出来加以说明。就如这四类花,也有四种补特伽罗:略说知者、广说知者、可引导者与文句为最者。其中,若有人一听闻说法便当下证悟法,此种补特伽罗即名“略说知者”;若有人听闻简略的说法后,在详释义理时证悟法,此种补特伽罗即名“广说知者”;若有人通过听闻纲领、反复提问、如理作意、亲近侍奉善知识而渐次证悟法,此种补特伽罗即名“可引导者”;若有人即使听闻广大、讲说众多,也无法于今生证悟法,此种补特伽罗即名“文句为最者”。显示巴利原文
Uppaliniyanti uppalavane. Itaresupi eseva nayo. Antonimuggaposīnīti yāni aññānipi padumāni antonimuggāneva posayanti. Udakaṃ accuggamma ṭhitānīti udakaṃ atikkamitvā ṭhitāni. Tattha yāni accuggamma ṭhitāni, tāni sūriyarasmisamphassaṃ āgamayamānāni ṭhitāni ajja pupphanakāni. Yāni samodakaṃ ṭhitāni, tāni sve pupphanakāni. Yāni udakānuggatāni antoudakaposīni, tāni tatiyadivase pupphanakāni. Udakā pana anuggatāni aññānipi sarojauppalādīni nāma atthi, yāni neva pupphissanti, macchakacchapabhakkhāneva bhavissanti, tāni pāḷiṃ nārūḷhāni. Āharitvā pana dīpetabbānīti dīpitāni. Yatheva hi tāni catubbidhāni pupphāni, evameva ugghaṭitaññū, vipañcitaññū, neyyo, padaparamoti cattāro puggalā. Tattha yassa puggalassa saha udāhaṭavelāya dhammābhisamayo hoti, ayaṃ vuccati puggalo ugghaṭitaññū. Yassa puggalassa saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthe vibhajiyamāne dhammābhisamayo hoti, ayaṃ vuccati puggalo vipañcitaññū. Yassa puggalassa uddesato paripucchato yonisomanasikaroto kalyāṇamitte sevato bhajato payirupāsato anupubbena dhammābhisamayo hoti, ayaṃ vuccati puggalo neyyo. Yassa puggalassa bahumpi suṇato bahumpi bhaṇato bahumpi gaṇhato bahumpi dhārayato bahumpi vācayato na tāya jātiyā dhammābhisamayo hoti, ayaṃ vuccati puggalo padaparamo (pu. pa. 148, 149, 150, 151).
于此,世尊观察如青莲花林等的一万世界,见:“今日将开放者,犹如略说知者;明日将开放者,犹如广说知者;后日将开放者,犹如可引导者;被鱼鳖所食者,犹如文句为最者。”观察之时,又见:“有如此之少尘垢者,有如此之多尘垢者。其中又有如此之略说知者……”如是等,以一切行相而见。于此,前三种补特伽罗,世尊的教法可于今生助其成就利益;对于文句为最者,则是为未来种下习气的因缘。显示巴利原文
Tattha bhagavā uppalavanādisadisaṃ dasasahassilokadhātuṃ olokento – ‘‘ajja pupphanakāni viya ugghaṭitaññū, sve pupphanakāni viya vipañcitaññū, tatiyadivase pupphanakāni viya neyyo, macchakacchapabhakkhāni viya padaparamo’’ti addasa. Passanto ca – ‘‘ettakā apparajakkhā, ettakā mahārajakkhā. Tatrāpi ettakā ugghaṭitaññū’’ti evaṃ sabbākārato addasa. Tattha tiṇṇaṃ puggalānaṃ imasmiṃyeva attabhāve bhagavato dhammadesanā atthaṃ sādheti, padaparamānaṃ anāgate vāsanatthāya hoti.
那时,世尊了知能为此四类补特伽罗带来利益的教法后,生起说法的意乐,再将三界一切众生,依堪受教化与不堪受教化分为二类。即如所说:“诸具足业障、具足异熟障、具足烦恼障、不信、无愿、慧钝、不能入正性决定而于善法中确立之众生,他们为不堪受教化者。何等众生为堪受教化者?彼不具足业障……乃至……他们为堪受教化者。”(《分别论》827;《无碍解道》1.114)显示巴利原文
Atha bhagavā imesaṃ catunnaṃ puggalānaṃ atthāvahaṃ dhammadesanaṃ viditvā desetukamyataṃ uppādetvā puna te sabbesupi tīsu bhavesu sabbe satte bhabbābhabbavasena dve koṭṭhāse akāsi. Ye sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘ye te sattā kammāvaraṇena samannāgatā, vipākāvaraṇena samannāgatā, kilesāvaraṇena samannāgatā, assaddhā acchandikā duppaññā abhabbā niyāmaṃ okkamituṃ kusalesu dhammesu sammattaṃ, ime te sattā abhabbā. Katame sattā bhabbā? Ye te sattā na kammāvaraṇena…pe…ime te sattā bhabbā’’ti (vibha. 827; paṭi. ma. 1.114).
在此,世尊舍弃一切非器的补特伽罗,仅以智慧把握那些是器的补特伽罗,并将其分为六类:“贪行者有如此之多,瞋行者、痴行者、寻行者、信行者、慧行者各有如此之多。”如此区分之后,便生起“我将说法”之心。大梵天了知此意,心生欢喜,以偈颂向世尊请求说法。正因如此,才有了“那时,诸比丘,那位大梵天……”等经文。显示巴利原文
Tattha sabbepi abhabbapuggale pahāya bhabbapuggaleyeva ñāṇena pariggahetvā – ‘‘ettakā rāgacaritā, ettakā dosamohavitakkasaddhābuddhicaritā’’ti cha koṭṭhāse akāsi. Evaṃ katvā – ‘‘dhammaṃ desessāmī’’ti cintesi . Brahmā taṃ ñatvā somanassajāto bhagavantaṃ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi. Idaṃ sandhāya – ‘‘atha kho so, bhikkhave, mahābrahmā’’tiādi vuttaṃ.
70 “请说”(ajjhabhāsīti):即特别地请求(adhi-abhāsi),意指有所针对、有所缘而说。显示巴利原文
70. Tattha ajjhabhāsīti adhiabhāsi, adhikicca ārabbha abhāsīti attho.
“如于石山巅而立”:如同站在整块岩石所成的山顶,安住不动——因为立于彼处者,无需为观看而抬头或伸展肢体。“如是喻者”:即以此石山之喻作为譬喻。此处要略之义为:犹如明眼之人立于石山之巅,能遍见四方大众;同样地,善慧者啊,您这位以妙慧与一切知智为普照之眼的世尊,已登上法慧所成之殿堂,自身远离忧恼,请您俯视那些沉溺于忧愁、被生死所压迫的众生,请您垂顾、深察。显示巴利原文
Sele yathā pabbatamuddhaniṭṭhitoti selamaye ekagghane pabbatamuddhani yathāṭhitova, na hi tattha ṭhitassa dassanatthaṃ gīvukkhipanapasāraṇādikiccaṃ atthi. Tathūpamanti tappaṭibhāgaṃ selapabbatūpamaṃ. Ayaṃ panettha saṅkhepattho, yathā selapabbatamuddhani yathāṭhitova cakkhumā puriso samantato janataṃ passeyya, tathā tvampi sumedha, sundarapaññasabbaññutaññāṇena samantacakkhu bhagavā dhammamayaṃ paññāmayaṃ pāsādamāruyha sayaṃ apetasoko sokāvatiṇṇaṃ jātijarābhibhūtaṃ janataṃ apekkhassu, upadhāraya upaparikkha.
此处义为:譬如山脚周围被开垦为大片田地,田埂上搭起了小茅屋,夜间燃着火,又具足四分黑暗。当时,有眼力的人站在山顶俯瞰大地,不见田地,不见田埂,不见茅屋,也不见卧于其中的人,唯见茅屋中的一团火焰。同样,如来登上法堂观察众生界时,那些未曾营作善业的众生,即使与世尊同住一座精舍,坐在世尊右膝近旁,也不会进入佛眼所照,犹如夜间射出的箭;而那些已营作善业、堪受教化的补特伽罗,纵然站在极遥远处,也会进入佛眼所照,他们犹如火焰,亦如雪山。此义经中即说:显示巴利原文
Ayamettha adhippāyo – yathā hi pabbatapāde samantā mahantaṃ khettaṃ katvā tattha kedārapāḷīsu kuṭikāyo katvā rattiṃ aggiṃ jāleyyuṃ. Caturaṅgasamannāgatañca andhakāraṃ assa. Athassa pabbatassa matthake ṭhatvā cakkhumato purisassa bhūmiṃ olokayato neva khettaṃ, na kedārapāḷiyo, na kuṭiyo, na tattha sayitamanussā paññāyeyyuṃ, kuṭikāsu pana aggijālamattameva paññāyeyya. Evaṃ dhammapāsādamāruyha sattanikāyaṃ olokayato tathāgatassa ye te akatakalyāṇā sattā, te ekavihāre dakkhiṇajāṇupasse nisinnāpi buddhacakkhussa āpāthaṃ nāgacchanti, rattiṃ khittasarā viya honti. Ye pana katakalyāṇā veneyyapuggalā, te tassa dūre ṭhitāpi āpāthaṃ āgacchanti, so aggi viya himavantapabbato viya ca. Vuttampi cetaṃ –
而非善士此间不显,犹如夜间射出的箭。(《法句经》304)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dūre santo pakāsenti, himavantova pabbato; Asantettha na dissanti, rattiṃ khittā yathā sarā’’ti. (dha. pa. 304);
「起来」(uṭṭhehi)一词,是为恳请世尊宣说法要而外出游化时所说。对于「勇士」(vīra)等词,应如此了知:世尊因具足精进,故称「勇士」;因战胜天子魔、烦恼魔与死魔,故称「胜会遇」(vijitasaṅgāma);因有能力引导应受调伏者渡过生类险道等,故称「商队主」(satthavāha);因爱欲之债已不复存在,故称「无债者」(aṇaṇa)。显示巴利原文
Uṭṭhehīti bhagavato dhammadesanatthaṃ cārikacaraṇaṃ yācanto bhaṇati. Vīrātiādīsu bhagavā vīriyavantatāya vīro, devaputtamaccukilesamārānaṃ vijitattā vijitasaṅgāmo, jātikantarādinittharaṇatthāya veneyyasatthavāhanasamatthatāya satthavāho, kāmacchandaiṇassa abhāvato aṇaṇoti veditabbo.
71 第71处。「已开」(apārutā)即已经打开。所说的「不死之门」(amatassa dvārā),是指圣道,因为圣道正是通往称为“不死”的涅槃之门。他(世尊)表明:“那道已被我打开而安立了。”「让(他们)放出信心」(pamuñcantu saddhaṃ),意为愿一切人对自己放出信心,即倾注信心。后两句的含义是:“我先前因为顾虑身体和言语的劳累,没有宣说这熟练、善巧转起的殊胜无上之法,而现在愿一切众生成为信心的容器,我将圆满他们的意图。”显示巴利原文
71.Apārutāti vivaṭā. Amatassa dvārāti ariyamaggo. So hi amatasaṅkhātassa nibbānassa dvāraṃ. So mayā vivaritvā ṭhapitoti dasseti. Pamuñcantu saddhanti sabbe attano saddhaṃ pamuñcantu vissajjentu. Pacchimapadadvaye ayamattho, ahañhi attano paguṇaṃ suppavattitampi imaṃ paṇītaṃ uttamaṃ dhammaṃ kāyavācākilamathasaññī hutvā na bhāsiṃ, idāni pana sabbe janā saddhābhājanaṃ upanentu, pūressāmi tesaṃ saṅkappanti.
上首弟子双贤的注释显示巴利原文
Aggasāvakayugavaṇṇanā
73 第73处。「在菩提树附近」(bodhirukkhamūle),意思是在离菩提树不远的牧羊人尼拘陀树下消失。「在安稳的鹿野苑」(kheme migadāye),那时仙人堕处是一处名为安稳的园林,又因为是为了让鹿群得到无畏安居而施设,所以称为「鹿野苑」。根据这个而说「在安稳的鹿野苑」。如同毗婆尸世尊,其他诸佛为了初次说法而去时,也都是从虚空而行,降落在那里。然而,我们的世尊看到邪命外道优波迦的因缘,了知:“优波迦正走在这条长路上,他见到我后交谈而去,随后会生起厌离,再来证得阿拉汉果。”于是步行走了十八由旬的路程。「召唤林园守卫」(dāyapālaṃ āmantesi),指他一见到便反复注视,说:“尊长!我们的尊师来了。”然后召唤那个走近前来的人。显示巴利原文
73.Bodhirukkhamūleti bodhirukkhassa avidūre ajapālanigrodhe antarahitoti attho. Kheme migadāyeti isipatanaṃ tena samayena khemaṃ nāma uyyānaṃ hoti, migānaṃ pana abhayavāsatthāya dinnattā migadāyoti vuccati. Taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘kheme migadāye’’ti. Yathā ca vipassī bhagavā, evaṃ aññepi buddhā paṭhamaṃ dhammadesanatthāya gacchantā ākāsena gantvā tattheva otaranti. Amhākaṃ pana bhagavā upakassa ājīvakassa upanissayaṃ disvā – ‘‘upako imaṃ addhānaṃ paṭipanno, so maṃ disvā sallapitvā gamissati. Atha puna nibbindanto āgamma arahattaṃ sacchikarissatī’’ti ñatvā aṭṭhārasayojanamaggaṃ padasāva agamāsi. Dāyapālaṃ āmantesīti disvāva punappunaṃ oloketvā – ‘‘ayyo no, bhante, āgato’’ti vatvā upagataṃ āmantesi.
75-6 第75-76处。「次第论」:即依次说法,先讲布施论,布施之后讲戒论,戒之后讲生天论,生天之后讲道论。其中,「布施论」是开示布施功德的论说:布施为诸乐之因源,诸成就之根本,诸财富之基址,是堕落者的护所、藏所、归趣、庇护。于此世间与他世间,没有任何能与布施相比的依怙、立足处、所缘、护所、藏所、归趣、庇护。从依怙的意义上说,布施如同宝座;从立足处的意义上说,如同大地;从所缘的意义上说,如同可攀之绳;从度越苦难的意义上说,如同舟船;从令安稳的意义上说,如同战场上的勇士;从防护怖畏的意义上说,如同善筑的城池;从不被悭吝垢秽等染着的意义上说,如同莲花;从能藏纳那些垢秽的意义上说,如同火;从难以靠近的意义上说,如同毒蛇;从施予无畏的意义上说,如同狮子;从具大威力的意义上说,如同象王;从公认最胜吉祥的意义上说,如同白牛;从抵达安稳之地的意义上说,如同雨云马王。布施确实能于世间成就帝释之报、魔之报、梵天之报、转轮王之报、声闻波罗蜜智、辟支菩提智、正等觉智——诸如此类与布施功德相关的论述。显示巴利原文
75-6.Anupubbiṃ kathanti dānakathaṃ, dānānantaraṃ sīlaṃ, sīlānantaraṃ saggaṃ, saggānantaraṃ magganti evaṃ anupaṭipāṭikathaṃ kathesi. Tattha dānakathanti idaṃ dānaṃ nāma sukhānaṃ nidānaṃ, sampattīnaṃ mūlaṃ, bhogānaṃ patiṭṭhā, visamagatassa tāṇaṃ leṇaṃ gati parāyaṇaṃ, idhalokaparalokesu dānasadiso avassayo patiṭṭhā ārammaṇaṃ tāṇaṃ leṇaṃ gati parāyaṇaṃ natthi. Idañhi avassayaṭṭhena ratanamayasīhāsanasadisaṃ, patiṭṭhānaṭṭhena mahāpathavīsadisaṃ, ārammaṇaṭṭhena ālambanarajjusadisaṃ. Idañhi dukkhanittharaṇaṭṭhena nāvā, samassāsanaṭṭhena saṅgāmasūro, bhayaparittāṇaṭṭhena susaṅkhatanagaraṃ, maccheramalādīhi anupalittaṭṭhena padumaṃ, tesaṃ nidahanaṭṭhena aggi, durāsadaṭṭhena āsīviso, asantāsanaṭṭhena sīho, balavantaṭṭhena hatthī, abhimaṅgalasammataṭṭhena setausabho, khemantabhūmisampāpanaṭṭhena valāhakaassarājā. Dānañhi loke sakkasampattiṃ mārasampattiṃ brahmasampattiṃ cakkavattisampattiṃ sāvakapāramiñāṇaṃ paccekabodhiñāṇaṃ abhisambodhiñāṇaṃ detīti evamādidānaguṇapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ kathaṃ.
然而,由于施行布施者能进而受持戒律,故于布施论后接着讲戒论。「戒论」:戒,名为依怙、立足处、所缘、护所、藏所、归趣、庇护。于此世间与他世的一切成就中,没有任何依怙、立足处、所缘、护所、藏所、归趣、庇护能与戒相比;没有能与戒相比的庄严;没有能与戒花相比的花;没有能与戒香相比的香。因为,那以戒的庄严所妆点、佩戴戒的花鬘、涂抹戒香的人,即使是包含天人在内的一切世间瞻仰,也不会感到满足——诸如此类,是关于戒功德的论说。显示巴利原文
Yasmā pana dānaṃ dadanto sīlaṃ samādātuṃ sakkoti, tasmā tadanantaraṃ sīlakathaṃ kathesi. Sīlakathanti sīlaṃ nāmetaṃ avassayo patiṭṭhā ārammaṇaṃ tāṇaṃ leṇaṃ gati parāyaṇaṃ. Idhalokaparalokasampattīnañhi sīlasadiso avassayo patiṭṭhā ārammaṇaṃ tāṇaṃ leṇaṃ gati parāyaṇaṃ natthi, sīlasadiso alaṅkāro natthi, sīlapupphasadisaṃ pupphaṃ natthi, sīlagandhasadiso gandho natthi, sīlālaṅkārena hi alaṅkataṃ sīlakusumapiḷandhanaṃ sīlagandhānulittaṃ sadevakopi loko olokento tittiṃ na gacchatīti evamādisīlaguṇapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ kathaṃ.
为显示「依此戒而能得此天界」,在戒论之后便讲生天论。「生天论」:所谓天界,是可喜爱、可悦意、可欣乐的;那里恒常游戏,恒常获得成就;四大王天的天神享受九百万年的天乐与天界成就,三十三天的天神享受三俱胝六百万年的天乐与天界成就——诸如此类,是关于天界功德的论说。诸佛开演天界成就时,其言说无有穷尽,正如经中所载:「诸比丘,我当以种种方便宣说生天之法……」等等。显示巴利原文
Idaṃ pana sīlaṃ nissāya ayaṃ saggo labbhatīti dassetuṃ sīlānantaraṃ saggakathaṃ kathesi. Saggakathanti ayaṃ saggo nāma iṭṭho kanto manāpo, niccamettha kīḷā, niccaṃ sampattiyo labbhanti, cātumahārājikā devā navutivassasatasahassāni dibbasukhaṃ dibbasampattiṃ paṭilabhanti, tāvatiṃsā tisso ca vassakoṭiyo saṭṭhi ca vassasatasahassānīti evamādisaggaguṇapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ kathaṃ. Saggasampattiṃ kathayantānañhi buddhānaṃ mukhaṃ nappahoti. Vuttampi cetaṃ – ‘‘anekapariyāyena kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, saggakathaṃ katheyya’’ntiādi.
如此以生天论引导之后,为了显示“此天界亦是无常、不坚固的,于此不应生起欲贪”,犹如先装饰大象,随后又截断其鼻一般,以“诸欲少味、多苦、多忧恼,此中过患更重”等方式,宣说诸欲的过患、鄙劣与染污。其中,“过患”指过失。“鄙劣”指下劣、低贱之性。“染污”,指由于这些欲,众生在轮回中受到染污。正如所说:“诚然,众生被染污了。”如此以欲的过患令其警觉后,便开示出离的利益,亦即宣说出家功德。其余内容,依《阿摩昼经》注释中所明的方法,其义易晓。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ saggakathāya palobhetvā puna hatthiṃ alaṅkaritvā tassa soṇḍaṃ chindanto viya – ‘‘ayampi saggo anicco addhuvo, na ettha chandarāgo kātabbo’’ti dassanatthaṃ – ‘‘appassādā kāmā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.235; 2.42) nayena kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ kathesi. Tattha ādīnavoti doso. Okāroti avakāro lāmakabhāvo. Saṃkilesoti tehi sattānaṃ saṃsāre saṃkilissanaṃ. Yathāha – ‘‘kilissanti vata bho sattā’’ti (ma. ni. 2.351). Evaṃ kāmādīnavena tejjatvā nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi, pabbajjāya guṇaṃ pakāsesīti attho. Sesaṃ ambaṭṭhasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttanayañceva uttānatthañca.
77 “他们得到了”:如何得到?以“善来比丘”的方式得到。据说,世尊观察他们获得神通所成钵、衣的过去因缘,见到他们在多生中曾有布施衣服等善行,便说:“来,比丘们!”等语。当下,他们须发自落,身披袈裟,八种比丘资具自然佩带于身,犹如戒腊百岁的长老,一面礼敬世尊,退坐一面。显示巴利原文
77.Alatthunti kathaṃ alatthuṃ? Ehibhikkhubhāvena. Bhagavā kira tesaṃ iddhimayapattacīvarassūpanissayaṃ olokento anekāsu jātīsu cīvaradānādīni disvā etha bhikkhavotiādimāha . Te tāvadeva bhaṇḍū kāsāyavasanā aṭṭhahi bhikkhuparikkhārehi sarīrapaṭimukkeheva vassasatikattherā viya bhagavantaṃ namassamānāva nisīdiṃsu.
“他教示了”等:指他教示此世利益与他世利益。教示此世利益时,开示无常、苦、无我,开示蕴、界、处、缘起;开示色蕴的生起时,开示五种相,对受蕴等也是如此;开示灭去时,则以生灭开示五十种相。教示他世利益时,开示地狱、畜生、饿鬼界、阿修罗;开示三种善法的果报,开示六欲天的成就,开示九梵天的成就。显示巴利原文
Sandassesītiādīsu idhalokatthaṃ sandassesi, paralokatthaṃ sandassesi. Idhalokatthaṃ dassento aniccanti dassesi, dukkhanti dassesi, anattāti dassesi, khandhe dassesi, dhātuyo dassesi, āyatanāni dassesi, paṭiccasamuppādaṃ dassesi, rūpakkhandhassa udayaṃ dassento pañca lakkhaṇāni dassesi, tathā vedanākkhandhādīnaṃ, tathā vayaṃ dassentopi udayabbayavasena paññāsalakkhaṇāni dassesi, paralokatthaṃ dassento nirayaṃ dassesi, tiracchānayoniṃ, pettivisayaṃ, asurakāyaṃ, tiṇṇaṃ kusalānaṃ vipākaṃ, channaṃ devalokānaṃ, navannaṃ brahmalokānaṃ sampattiṃ dassesi.
“他令受持”(Samādapesīti):指他让比丘们领受、持守四遍清净戒、十三头陀支、十种论事等种种善法。显示巴利原文
Samādapesīti catupārisuddhisīlaterasadhutaṅgadasakathāvatthuādike kalyāṇadhamme gaṇhāpesi.
“他激励了”(Samuttejesīti):指善加激励、策励。他以彼世与来世的利益,反复使人悚惧,如同已经亲证一般而为说法。譬如,当佛陀世尊以悚惧之事讲说此世利益时,听者便如被反绑双手、牢牢捆缚,在十字路口遭受百杖拷打,从南门被押解而出,头颅置于斩首台上,身体被竖立在刺桩之上,或被狂怒的大象践踏一般,生起惊怖。而当讲说他世利益时,听者则如已投生于地狱等恶趣,又如正在享受天界的成就。显示巴利原文
Samuttejesīti suṭṭhu uttejesi, abbhussāhesi. Idhalokatthañceva paralokatthañca tāsetvā tāsetvā adhigataṃ viya katvā kathesi. Dvattiṃsakammakāraṇapañcavīsatimahābhayappabhedañhi idhalokatthaṃ buddhe bhagavati tāsetvā tāsetvā kathayante pacchābāhaṃ, gāḷhabandhanaṃ bandhitvā cātumahāpathe pahārasatena tāḷetvā dakkhiṇadvārena niyyamāno viya āghātanabhaṇḍikāya ṭhapitasīso viya sūle uttāsito viya mattahatthinā maddiyamāno viya ca saṃviggo hoti. Paralokatthañca kathayante nirayādīsu nibbatto viya devalokasampattiṃ anubhavamāno viya ca hoti.
“他令欢喜了”(Sampahaṃsesīti):指他以所证得的功德来策励,通过揭示大利益而说法,这就是它的含义。显示巴利原文
Sampahaṃsesīti paṭiladdhaguṇena codesi, mahānisaṃsaṃ katvā kathesīti attho.
关于「诸行的过患」:前文为证得初道而说诸欲的过患,此处则为证得更高的道,以「诸比丘,诸行无常、不稳固、不可凭恃,诸比丘,对此一切诸行,足以生厌离,足以离欲,足以解脱」(增支部7.66;相应部2.134)等理趣,开示诸行的过患、卑劣,以及以此缘而生的疲倦。正如彼处开示出离的功德,此处亦以「诸比丘,此涅槃寂静、殊胜、是庇护所、是皈依处」等理趣,开示涅槃的功德。显示巴利原文
Saṅkhārānaṃ ādīnavanti heṭṭhā paṭhamamaggādhigamatthaṃ kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ kathesi, idha pana uparimaggādhigamatthaṃ – ‘‘aniccā, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā addhuvā anassāsikā, yāvañcidaṃ, bhikkhave, alameva sabbasaṅkhāresu nibbindituṃ alaṃ virajjituṃ alaṃ vimuccitu’’ntiādinā (a. ni. 7.66; saṃ. ni. 2.134) nayena saṅkhārānaṃ ādīnavañca lāmakabhāvañca tappaccayañca kilamathaṃ pakāsesi. Yathā ca tattha nekkhamme, evamidha – ‘‘santamidaṃ, bhikkhave, nibbānaṃ nāma paṇītaṃ tāṇaṃ leṇa’’ntiādinā nayena nibbāne ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi.
「Mahājanakāyapabbajjāvaṇṇanā」:对大众出家的解释。显示巴利原文
Mahājanakāyapabbajjāvaṇṇanā
78 「Mahājanakāya(大众)」:即那两位王子的随从大众。显示巴利原文
78.Mahājanakāyoti tesaṃyeva dvinnaṃ kumārānaṃ upaṭṭhākajanakāyoti.
80 「Bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāma, dhammañca(我们皈依世尊,亦皈依法)」:由于僧伽尚未圆满,他们仅以此两句而作皈依。显示巴利原文
80.Bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāma, dhammañcāti saṅghassa aparipuṇṇattā dvevācikameva saraṇamagamaṃsu.
81 「Alatthuṃ(他们得到)」:如前面所说,他们通过“善来比丘”的方式得到了出家。自此往后的出家章节,义理亦同。显示巴利原文
81.Alatthunti pubbe vuttanayeneva ehibhikkhubhāveneva alatthuṃ. Ito anantare pabbajitavārepi eseva nayo.
「Cārikāanujānanavaṇṇanā」:对允许游行的解释。显示巴利原文
Cārikāanujānanavaṇṇanā
85 「思虑生起」:这个思虑是何时生起的呢?是在世尊成正觉后,经过七年七个月零七天而生起的。据说,世尊当时为了照护父亲而住。国王心中也想:“我的长子出家成为佛陀,次子出家成为上首弟子,国师之子成为第二上首弟子,其余这些比丘在俗时也曾是我儿的随从。现在这些人依然全由我来负担,我要独自以四种资具供养他们,不给他人机会。”于是,他从寺院门房开始,一直铺到王宫门前,在道路两旁筑起金合欢刺篱,盖上草席,再覆上布,又于上方加盖,以金星闪烁的装饰和粗如棕榈树干般悬垂的各种花鬘帐幔作庄严,地面铺上彩绘地毯,内侧两旁摆满瓶花。为了使整条路都芬芳,他在花间安置香,在香间点放花,然后派人向世尊通禀时间。显示巴利原文
85.Parivitakko udapādīti kadā udapādi? Sambodhito satta saṃvaccharāni satta māse satta divase atikkamitvā udapādi. Bhagavā kira pitusaṅgahaṃ karonto vihāsi. Rājāpi cintesi – ‘‘mayhaṃ jeṭṭhaputto nikkhamitvā buddho jāto, dutiyaputto me nikkhamitvā aggasāvako jāto, purohitaputto dutiyaaggasāvako, ime ca avasesā bhikkhū gihikālepi mayhaṃ puttameva parivāretvā vicariṃsu. Ime sabbe idānipi mayhaṃyeva bhāro, ahameva ca ne catūhi paccayehi upaṭṭhahissāmi, aññesaṃ okāsaṃ na dassāmī’’ti vihāradvārakoṭṭhakato paṭṭhāya yāva rājagehadvārā ubhayato khadirapākāraṃ kārāpetvā kilañjehi chādāpetvā vatthehi paṭicchādāpetvā upari ca chādāpetvā suvaṇṇatārakavicittaṃ samolambitatālakkhandhamattaṃ vividhapupphadāmavitānaṃ kārāpetvā heṭṭhā bhūmiyaṃ cittattharaṇehi santharāpetvā anto ubhosu passesu mālāvacchake puṇṇaghaṭe, sakalamaggavāsatthāya ca gandhantare pupphāni pupphantare gandhe ca ṭhapāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi.
世尊在比丘僧团的围绕下,仅于内帷之中进入王宫,用完斋食后返回寺院。其他任何人连见也见不到,更不用说施与饭食、作供养或听法了。城中的居民们心想:“自从大师出现于世间以来,至今已七年零七月有余。我们连见都见不到,又哪里能施与饭食、作供养、听法呢?国王怀着‘佛是我的,法是我的,僧是我的’的执念,独自供养。然而大师的出现,是为了包括天神在内的世间利益与安乐啊。并不只有国王才觉得地狱炽热,对其他人而言,地狱就像青莲花池般凉爽。所以,我们应当去劝谏国王。如果他肯把大师让给我们,那还算好事。如果不让,我们就算与国王战斗,也要把僧团争取过来,做布施等福德。不过,单靠普通市民无法成事,我们必须推举一位首要人物。”显示巴利原文
Bhagavā bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto antosāṇiyāva rājagehaṃgantvā bhattakiccaṃ katvā vihāraṃ paccāgacchati. Añño koci daṭṭhumpi na labhati, kuto pana bhikkhaṃ vā dātuṃ, pūjaṃ vā kātuṃ, dhammaṃ vā sotuṃ. Nāgarā cintesuṃ – ‘‘ajja satthu loke uppannassa sattamāsādhikāni sattasaṃvaccharāni, mayañca daṭṭhumpi na labhāma, pageva bhikkhaṃ vā dātuṃ, pūjaṃ vā kātuṃ, dhammaṃ vā sotuṃ. Rājā – ‘mayhameva buddho, mayhameva dhammo, mayhameva saṅgho’ti mamāyitvā sayameva upaṭṭhahi. Satthā ca uppajjamāno sadevakassa lokassa atthāya hitāya uppanno. Na hi raññoyeva nirayo uṇho assa, aññesaṃ nīluppalavanasadiso. Tasmā rājānaṃ vadāma. Sace no satthāraṃ deti, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce deti, raññā saddhiṃ yujjhitvāpi saṅghaṃ gahetvā dānādīni puññāni karoma. Na sakkā kho pana suddhanāgareheva evaṃ kātuṃ, ekaṃ jeṭṭhapurisampi gaṇhāmā’’ti.
他们于是去见将军,禀告此事后问道:“大人,您站在我们这一边,还是站在国王那一边?”将军说:“我站在你们这边。不过,第一天应当由我来供养。”他们答应了。于是,将军到国王面前说:“陛下,市民们对您起了怒意。”国王问:“孩子,为什么生气?”将军说:“据说,僧团只有陛下一人供养,我们没有机会供养。倘若现在允许我们供养,他们便不生气;若不允许,他们说就要与陛下交战了。”国王说:“那就交战吧,孩子,我决不会交出比丘僧团。”将军说:“陛下,您的仆从声称要与您交战,您打算靠谁去战斗呢?”“你不是将军吗?”“没有市民,我一人是办不到的,陛下。”国王由此明白了“市民力量强大,将军也站在他们那边”,便说:“既然如此,让他们把属于我的比丘僧团再交给我七年七个月吧。”市民们不同意。国王又依次退让为“六年、五年、四年、三年、两年、一年”。这样逐步退让,他们依然不同意。最后国王请求再交还七天。市民们这才说:“现在对国王太过强硬,也不妥当。”于是答应了。显示巴利原文
Te senāpatiṃ upasaṅkamitvā tassetamatthaṃ ārocetvā – ‘‘sāmi, kiṃ amhākaṃ pakkho hosi, udāhu rañño’’ti āhaṃsu. So – ‘‘ahaṃ tumhākaṃ pakkho homi, api ca kho pana paṭhamadivaso mayhaṃ dātabbo’’ti. Te sampaṭicchiṃsu. So rājānaṃ upasaṅkamitvā – ‘‘nāgarā, deva, tumhākaṃ kupitā’’ti āha. Kimatthaṃ tātāti? Satthāraṃ kira tumheyeva upaṭṭhahatha, amhe na labhāmāti. Sace idānipi labhanti, na kuppanti, alabhantā tumhehi saddhiṃ yujjhitukāmā devāti. Yujjhāmi, tāta, nāhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ demīti. Deva tumhākaṃ dāsā tumhehi saddhiṃ yujjhāmāti vadanti, tumhe kaṃ gaṇhitvā yujjhissathāti? Nanu tvaṃ senāpatīti? Nāgarehi vinā na samattho ahaṃ devāti. Tato rājā – ‘‘balavanto nāgarā, senāpatipi tesaññeva pakkho’’ti ñatvā ‘‘aññānipi sattamāsādhikāni sattasaṃvaccharāni mayhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ dadantū’’ti āha. Nāgarā na sampaṭicchiṃsu. Rājā – ‘‘cha vassāni, pañca, cattāri, tīṇi, dve, ekavassa’’nti hāpesi. Evaṃ hāpentepi na sampaṭicchiṃsu. Aññe satta divase yāci. Nāgarā – ‘‘atikakkhaḷaṃ dāni raññā saddhiṃ kātuṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti anujāniṃsu.
国王把准备了七年零七个月的大施,在短短七天之内全部布施出去。第六天,他布施给了连他之前都未曾见过的一些人。到了第七天,他召集市民们,问道:“孩子们,你们能办成这样的大施吗?”他们回答:“我们能。难道不就是靠着我们,陛下才有了这样的大施吗?”国王用手背拭去眼泪,礼拜世尊后说:“世尊,我本来打算不再让别人轮替,由我一人终此一生,用四种资具供养这六十八万位比丘。现在市民们都不答应了,他们因为‘我们没有机会行布施’而生气。世尊,从明天起,请您垂愍护念他们吧。”显示巴利原文
Rājā sattamāsādhikānaṃ sattannaṃ saṃvaccharānaṃ sajjitaṃ dānamukhaṃ sattannameva divasānaṃ vissajjetvā cha divase kesañci apassantānaṃyeva dānaṃ datvā sattame divase nāgare pakkosāpetvā – ‘‘sakkhissatha, tāta, evarūpaṃ dānaṃ dātu’’nti āha. Tepi – ‘‘nanu amheyeva nissāya taṃ devassa uppanna’’nti vatvā – ‘‘sakkhissāmā’’ti āhaṃsu. Rājā piṭṭhihatthena assūni puñchamāno bhagavantaṃ vanditvā – ‘‘bhante, ahaṃ aṭṭhasaṭṭhibhikkhusatasahassaṃ aññassa vāraṃ akatvā yāvajīvaṃ catūhi paccayehi upaṭṭhahissāmīti cintesiṃ. Nāgarā na dāni me anuññātā, nāgarā hi ‘mayaṃ dānaṃ dātuṃ na labhāmā’ti kuppanti. Bhagavā sve paṭṭhāya tesaṃ anuggahaṃ karothā’’ti āha.
第二天,将军备办了大施,并在四周布置人手,吩咐道:“今天要严加看守,不许任何人布施哪怕一位比丘。”那天,有位长者的妻子哭着对女儿说:“女儿啊,如果你父亲还活着,今天第一个供养十力者的一定是我。”女儿对她说:“妈妈,不必担心,我会让以佛陀为首的比丘僧团最先受用我们家的供养。”于是,她用一只价值十万钱的钵盛满无水的乳粥,以酥、蜜、糖等调和,再用另一只钵盖好,外面包裹成素馨花球的样子。世尊即将进入村中时,她亲自捧起钵,在一群婢女的围绕下出了城。走到半路,将军的侍从们拦住她说:“夫人,请勿从此处经过。”大福德之人言语动听,面对这些一再拦阻的人,她的话也不容驳回。她便说:“叔叔、伯伯、舅舅们,你们为什么不让我过去?”他们回答:“夫人,将军有令:‘不准给任何人嚼食或啖食。’”她问:“那么,你们看到我手中有嚼食或啖食吗?”“我们看到的是花球。”“难道你们的将军连供养花球都不允许吗?”“那是允许的,夫人。”“既然如此,让开,让开!”她来到世尊跟前,说道:“世尊,请收下这花球。”世尊看向某位将军。显示巴利原文
Atha dutiyadivase senāpati mahādānaṃ sajjetvā – ‘‘ajja yathā añño koci ekabhikkhampi na deti, evaṃ rakkhathā’’ti samantā purise ṭhapesi. Taṃ divasaṃ seṭṭhibhariyā rodamānā dhītaraṃ āha – ‘‘sace, amma, tava pitā jīveyya, ajjāhaṃ paṭhamaṃ dasabalaṃ bhojeyya’’nti . Sā taṃ āha – ‘‘amma, mā cintayi, ahaṃ tathā karissāmi yathā buddhappamukho bhikkhusaṅgho paṭhamaṃ amhākaṃ bhikkhaṃ paribhuñjissatī’’ti. Tato satasahassagghanikāya suvaṇṇapātiyā nirudakapāyāsassa pūretvā sappimadhusakkarādīhi abhisaṅkharitvā aññāya pātiyā paṭikujjitvā taṃ sumanamālāguḷehi parikkhipitvā mālāguḷasadisaṃ katvā bhagavato gāmaṃ pavisanavelāya sayameva ukkhipitvā dāsigaṇaparivutā nagarā nikkhami. Antarāmagge senāpatiupaṭṭhākā – ‘‘amma, mā ito agamā’’ti vadanti. Mahāpuññā nāma manāpakathā honti, na ca tesaṃ punappunaṃ bhaṇantānaṃ kathā paṭikkhipituṃ sakkā hoti. Sā – ‘‘cūḷapitā mahāpitā mātulā kissa tumhe gantuṃ na dethā’’ti āha. Senāpatinā – ‘‘aññassa kassaci khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ dātuṃ mā dethā’’ti ṭhapitamha ammāti. Kiṃ pana me hatthe khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ passathāti? Mālāguḷaṃ passāmāti . Kiṃ tumhākaṃ senāpati mālāguḷapūjampi kātuṃ na detīti? Deti, ammāti. Tena hi, apetha, apethāti bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā mālāguḷaṃ gaṇhāpetha bhagavāti āha. Bhagavā ekaṃ senāpatissupaṭṭhākaṃ oloketvā mālāguḷaṃ gaṇhāpesi. Sā bhagavantaṃ vanditvā – ‘‘bhagavā, bhavābhave nibbattiyaṃ me sati paritassanajīvitaṃ nāma mā hotu, ayaṃ sumanamālā viya nibbattanibbattaṭṭhāne piyāva homi, nāmena ca sumanā yevā’’ti patthanaṃ katvā satthārā – ‘‘sukhinī hohī’’ti vuttā vanditvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.
世尊来到将军家中,在铺设好的座位坐下。将军端着粥上前,大师盖住钵,说道:“尊者,比丘僧团已入座。我们在途中已获得一份食物。”他便拿开花,看见了食物。侍从说:“大人,那女人对我说这是花,她骗了我。”乳粥从世尊开始分给众比丘,分量都足够。将军也供养了自己的应施物。大师用过饭食、说祝福语后便离去。将军问:“那位供养食物的女子是谁?”“是长者之女,大人。”“那女子很有智慧。家中有这样的女子,她丈夫获得天界成就并非难事。”于是便将她迎来,立为正妻。显示巴利原文
Bhagavā senāpatissa gehaṃ gantvā paññattāsane nisīdi. Senāpati yāguṃ gahetvā upagañchi, satthā pattaṃ pidahi. Nisinno, bhante, bhikkhusaṅghoti. Atthi no eko antarā piṇḍapāto laddhoti. So mālaṃ apanetvā piṇḍapātaṃ addasa. Cūḷupaṭṭhāko āha – ‘‘sāmi, mālāti maṃ vatvā mātugāmo vañcesī’’ti. Pāyāso bhagavantaṃ ādiṃ katvā sabbesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pahoti. Senāpatipi attano deyyadhammaṃ adāsi. Satthā bhattakiccaṃ katvā maṅgalaṃ vatvā pakkāmi. Senāpati – ‘‘kā nāma sā piṇḍapātamadāsī’’ti pucchi. Seṭṭhidhītā, sāmīti. Sappaññā sā itthī, evarūpāya ghare vasantiyā purisassa saggasampatti nāma na dullabhāti taṃ ānetvā jeṭṭhikaṭṭhāne ṭhapesi.
翌日,市民们做了布施;又一日,国王做布施;他们就这样隔日交替布施。国王还布置了密探,所做布施总是多过市民;市民们也同样,布施又超胜国王。王宫中,舞女们对年少的沙弥说:“孩子们,请用吧。这可不是像那些居士那样,用手在身衣上擦一擦,又为小孩子擦过鼻涕口水的手做出来的,而是清净精致之物。”翌日,市民在布施时也说:“孩子们,请用吧。这可不是像在城、镇、邑中到处搜集的碎米、乳、酪、酥等所做的东西,也不是碰倒别人的腿、头、背而搬来的,而是用上等的酥、乳等精心准备的。”如此经过七年七月七日,世尊心中生起这样的思惟。因此,经中说:“自成等正觉以来,七年七月七日之后而心生起。”显示巴利原文
Punadivase nāgarā dānamadaṃsu, punadivase rājāti ekantarikāya dānaṃ dātuṃ ārabhiṃsu. Rājāpi carapurise ṭhapetvā nāgarehi dinnadānato atirekataraṃ deti, nāgarāpi tatheva katvā raññā dinnadānato atirekataraṃ. Rājagehe nāṭakitthiyo daharasāmaṇere vadanti – ‘‘gaṇhatha, tātā, na gahapatikānaṃ gattavatthādīsu puñchitvā bāḷadārakānaṃ kheḷasiṅghāṇikādidhovanahatthehi kataṃ , suciṃ paṇītaṃ kata’’nti. Punadivase nāgarāpi dadamānā vadanti – ‘‘gaṇhatha, tātā, na nagaragāmanigamādīsu saṅkaḍḍhitataṇḍulakhīradadhisappiādīhi, na aññesaṃ jaṅghasīsapiṭṭhiādīni bhañjitvā āharāpitehi kataṃ, jātisappikhīrādīhiyeva kata’’nti. Evaṃ sattasu saṃvaccharesu sattasu māsesu sattasu divasesu ca atikkantesu atha bhagavato ayaṃ vitakko udapādi. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘sambodhito satta saṃvaccharāni satta māsāni satta divasāni atikkamitvā udapādī’’ti.
87 “某位大梵天”:即那位劝请说法的大梵天。显示巴利原文
87.Aññataromahābrahmāti dhammadesanaṃ āyācitabrahmāva.
89 “八万四千住处”:即八万四千所寺院。所有这些寺院均为能容纳一万二千位比丘的大寺,与无畏山寺、塔山寺、质多罗山寺、大寺等相仿。显示巴利原文
89.Caturāsīti āvāsasahassānīti caturāsīti vihārasahassāni. Te sabbepi dvādasasahassabhikkhugaṇhanakā mahāvihārā abhayagiricetiyapabbatacittalapabbatamahāvihārasadisāva ahesuṃ.
90 “Khantī paramaṃ tapo”(忍是最高苦行)的意思是:安忍的忍受,是最高的苦行。“Titikkhā”(堪忍)正是忍耐的同义语。其含义为:所谓堪忍,即安忍的忍受,乃是最高之苦行。“Nibbānaṃ paramaṃ”(涅槃为最上):然而,诸佛说,从一切方面来看,涅槃才是最上的。“Na hi pabbajito parūpaghātī”(伤害他人者非出家者):由于缺乏安忍的忍受而伤害、压迫、恼害他人者,不能称为出家者。第四句正是它的同义语。因为“Na hi pabbajito”(非出家者)的同义语就是“na samaṇo hoti”(不是沙门)。“Parūpaghātī”(伤害他人)的同义语是“paraṃ viheṭhayanto”(恼害他人者)。或者,“parūpaghātī”指毁戒者。因为在胜义上,戒律即称为“para”(最上/他)。若有沙门恼害有情,伤害他人,毁坏自己的戒律,他便不能叫作出家者。这就是它的意义。又或者,由于缺乏安忍的忍受而伤害他人,甚至故意……显示巴利原文
90.Khantī paramaṃ tapoti adhivāsanakhanti nāma paramaṃ tapo. Titikkhāti khantiyā eva vevacanaṃ. Titikkhā saṅkhātā adhivāsanakhanti uttamaṃ tapoti attho. Nibbānaṃ paramanti sabbākārena pana nibbānaṃ paramanti vadanti buddhā. Na hi pabbajito parūpaghātīti yo adhivāsanakhantivirahitattā paraṃ upaghāteti bādheti hiṃsati, so pabbajito nāma na hoti. Catutthapādo pana tasseva vevacanaṃ. ‘‘Na hi pabbajito’’ti etassa hi na samaṇo hotīti vevacanaṃ. Parūpaghātīti etassa paraṃ viheṭhayantoti vevacanaṃ. Atha vā parūpaghātīti sīlūpaghātī. Sīlañhi uttamaṭṭhena paranti vuccati. Yo ca samaṇo paraṃ yaṃ kañci sattaṃ viheṭhayanto parūpaghātī hoti, attano sīlaṃ vināsako, so pabbajito nāma na hotīti attho. Athavā yo adhivāsanakhantiyā abhāvato parūpaghātī hoti, paraṃ antamaso ḍaṃsamakasampi sañcicca jīvitā voropeti, so na hi pabbajito. Kiṃ kāraṇā? Malassa apabbājitattā. ‘‘Pabbājayamattano malaṃ, tasmā pabbajitoti vuccatī’’ti (dha. pa. 388) idañhi pabbajitalakkhaṇaṃ. Yopi na heva kho upaghāteti, na māreti, api ca daṇḍādīhi viheṭheti, so paraṃ viheṭhayanto samaṇo na hoti. Kiṃ kāraṇā? Vihesāya asamitattā. ‘‘Samitattā hi pāpānaṃ , samaṇoti pavuccatī’’ti (dha. pa. 265) idañhi samaṇalakkhaṇaṃ.
第二首偈颂中:“sabbapāpassa akaraṇaṃ”(一切恶的不作)指一切不善法的不生起;“kusalassa upasampadā”(善的具足)即获得四地之善;“sacittapariyodapanaṃ”(自净其心)是令自心清净明澈,这须通过证得阿拉汉果来实现。因此,依戒律防护而舍弃一切恶,依止与观成就诸善,再以阿拉汉果使心彻底清净——这便是诸佛的教法,是教诫,也是训示。显示巴利原文
Dutiyagāthāya sabbapāpassāti sabbākusalassa. Akaraṇanti anuppādanaṃ. Kusalassāti catubhūmikakusalassa. Upasampadāti paṭilābho. Sacittapariyodapananti attano cittajotanaṃ, taṃ pana arahattena hoti. Iti sīlasaṃvarena sabbapāpaṃ pahāya samathavipassanāhi kusalaṃ sampādetvā arahattaphalena cittaṃ pariyodāpetabbanti etaṃ buddhānaṃ sāsanaṃ ovādo anusiṭṭhī ti.
第三首偈颂中,「不诽谤」是指不以言语诽谤任何人。「不伤害」是指不以身体伤害他人。「于巴帝摩卡的防护」:所谓巴帝摩卡,是极其殊胜、最上的戒;因为它能防护(pāti)并使人从恶趣的怖畏等中解脱(mokkheti),或者谁守护它,它便使那人解脱,所以称为「巴帝摩卡」。在此巴帝摩卡中防护自身。「知量」是指在接受和受用饮食等资具时,知道适当的限度。「及远离的坐卧处」:坐卧处,是指远离人群的喧闹。应当明白,此处虽然只提到两种资具,实则已显示对四种资具的知足。「此是诸佛的教法」:这指的是不诽谤他人、不伤害他人、于巴帝摩卡中防护、在接受和受用资具时知道适度、以及为获得八种等至的自在而修习远离的坐卧处——这就是诸佛的教法、教诫与训示。而且应当知道,这些偈颂也是一切诸佛用来教示巴帝摩卡的诵偈。显示巴利原文
Tatiyagāthāya anūpavādoti vācāya kassaci anupavadanaṃ. Anūpaghātoti kāyena upaghātassa akaraṇaṃ. Pātimokkheti yaṃ taṃ paatimokkhaṃ, atipamokkhaṃ, uttamasīlaṃ, pāti vā agativisesehi mokkheti duggatibhayehi, yo vā naṃ pāti, taṃ mokkhetīti ‘‘pātimokkha’’nti vuccati. Tasmiṃ pātimokkhe ca saṃvaro. Mattaññutāti paṭiggahaṇaparibhogavasena pamāṇaññutā. Pantañca sayanāsananti sayanāsanañca saṅghaṭṭanavirahitanti attho. Tattha dvīhiyeva paccayehi catupaccayasantoso dīpito hotīti veditabbo. Etaṃ buddhāna sāsananti etaṃ parassa anupavadanaṃ anupaghātanaṃ pātimokkhasaṃvaro paṭiggahaṇaparibhogesu mattaññutā aṭṭhasamāpattivasibhāvāya vivittasenāsanasevanañca buddhānaṃ sāsanaṃ ovādo anusiṭṭhīti. Imā pana sabbabuddhānaṃ pātimokkhuddesagāthā hontīti veditabbā.
天众告知的解说显示巴利原文
Devatārocanavaṇṇanā
91 至此,透过这篇关于毗婆尸世尊生平事迹的详述,已经阐明了最初所说的「诸比丘,此即是如来善通达的法界」这句经文所揭示的、对于法界善加通达的情形。现在,为了说明「诸天也向如来告知此意义」这句经文所说的天众告知,而开始讲述「如是我闻,一时……」等。显示巴利原文
91. Ettāvatā ca iminā vipassissa bhagavato apadānānusārena vitthārakathanena – ‘‘tathāgatassevesā, bhikkhave, dhammadhātu suppaṭividdhā’’ti evaṃ vuttāya dhammadhātuyā suppaṭividdhabhāvaṃ pakāsetvā idāni – ‘‘devatāpi tathāgatassa etamatthaṃ ārocesu’’nti vuttaṃ devatārocanaṃ pakāsetuṃ ekamidāhantiādimāha.
在这里,「在殊胜林中」是指名为殊胜的树林中。「在沙罗王树下」是指在那片树林中最为高大的沙罗树王之下。「舍离爱欲」是指以不来道的智慧,从根断除、彻底舍离了爱欲。又如发生在毗婆尸佛身上的情况一样,其余诸佛教法中,已修习过梵行的天众也都前来告知;但经文是依据毗婆尸佛以及我们世尊的情况结集的。显示巴利原文
Tattha subhagavaneti evaṃnāmake vane. Sālarājamūleti vanappatijeṭṭhakassa mūle. Kāmacchandaṃ virājetvāti anāgāmimaggena mūlasamugghātavasena virājetvā. Yathā ca vipassissa, evaṃ sesabuddhānampi sāsane vutthabrahmacariyā devatā ārocayiṃsu, pāḷi pana vipassissa ceva amhākañca bhagavato vasena āgatā.
其中,「无烦天」:因不于自成就退减、不舍离,故名无烦天。「无热天」:不令任何有情生恼,故名无热天。「善现天」:相貌端严、悦目可意,故名善现天。「善见天」:善能观见,或他们相貌极为美妙,故名善见天。「色究竟天」:于一切功德与天界成就中最为殊胜,此处无有下劣者,故名色究竟天。显示巴利原文
Tattha attano sampattiyā na hāyanti, na vihāyantīti avihā. Na kañci sattaṃ tapantīti atappā. Sundaradassanā abhirūpā pāsādikāti sudassā. Suṭṭhu passanti, sundarametesaṃ vā dassananti sudassī. Sabbeheva ca saguṇehi bhavasampattiyā ca jeṭṭhā, natthettha kaniṭṭhāti akaniṭṭhā.
于此应合计诸诵分。因此经中,依毗婆尸世尊的本生事迹宣说了三诵分。如毗婆尸佛,依尸弃佛等本生事迹亦有所宣说,然而经文结集则较简略。是故依七佛,由我等世尊总共宣说了二十一诵分。同样,无烦天众所宣说,无热天众、善现天众、善见天众、色究竟天众所宣说,合计便有一百二十六诵分。于三藏教法中,无有其他任何经典具有此一百二十六诵分之篇幅,当知此经名为‘经王’,为诸经中之王。此后,为引出两重连结,世尊乃说:‘诸比丘,确实如此……’等语。此后所余,其义浅显易了。显示巴利原文
Idha ṭhatvā bhāṇavārā samodhānetabbā. Imasmiñhi sutte vipassissa bhagavato apadānavasena tayo bhāṇavārā vuttā. Yathā ca vipassissa, evaṃ sikhīādīnampi apadānavasena vuttāva. Pāḷi pana saṅkhittā. Iti sattannaṃ buddhānaṃ vasena amhākaṃ bhagavatā ekavīsati bhāṇavārā kathitā. Tathā avihehi. Tathā atappehi. Tathā sudassehi. Tathā sudassīhi. Tathā akaniṭṭhehīti sabbampi chabbīsatibhāṇavārasataṃ hoti. Tepiṭake buddhavacane aññaṃ suttaṃ chabbīsatibhāṇavārasataparimāṇaṃ nāma natthi, suttantarājā nāma ayaṃ suttantoti veditabbo. Ito paraṃ anusandhidvayampi niyyātento iti kho bhikkhavetiādimāha. Taṃ sabbaṃ uttānamevāti.